admin api: avoid overwriting redirect rules in UpdateBucket

support redirection on s3 endpoint
decrease write quorum
2026-08-13 15:46:53 +00:00 · 2025-03-07 16:21:56 +01:00 · 2025-03-07 16:21:55 +01:00 · 2025-03-07 16:16:58 +01:00 · 2025-03-07 15:16:24 +00:00 · 2025-03-07 12:17:20 +00:00
813 changed files with 170609 additions and 9684 deletions
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+use flake
@@ -3,3 +3,4 @@
 /pki
 **/*.rs.bk
 *.swp
+/.direnv
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+when:
+  event:
+  - push
+  - tag
+  - pull_request
+  - deployment
+  - cron
+  - manual
+
+steps:
+  - name: check formatting
+    image: nixpkgs/nix:nixos-22.05
+    commands:
+      - nix-shell --attr devShell --run "cargo fmt -- --check"
+
+  - name: build
+    image: nixpkgs/nix:nixos-22.05
+    commands:
+      - nix-build -j4 --attr flakePackages.dev
+
+  - name: unit + func tests (lmdb)
+    image: nixpkgs/nix:nixos-22.05
+    commands:
+      - nix-build -j4 --attr flakePackages.tests-lmdb
+
+  - name: unit + func tests (sqlite)
+    image: nixpkgs/nix:nixos-22.05
+    commands:
+      - nix-build -j4 --attr flakePackages.tests-sqlite
+
+  - name: integration tests
+    image: nixpkgs/nix:nixos-22.05
+    commands:
+      - nix-build -j4 --attr flakePackages.dev
+      - nix-shell --attr ci --run ./script/test-smoke.sh || (cat /tmp/garage.log; false)
+    depends_on: [ build ]
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+when:
+  event:
+  - deployment
+  - cron
+
+depends_on:
+  - release
+
+steps:
+  - name: refresh-index
+    image: nixpkgs/nix:nixos-22.05
+    environment:
+      AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID:
+        from_secret: garagehq_aws_access_key_id
+      AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY:
+        from_secret: garagehq_aws_secret_access_key
+    commands:
+      - mkdir -p /etc/nix && cp nix/nix.conf /etc/nix/nix.conf
+      - nix-shell --attr ci --run "refresh_index"
+
+  - name: multiarch-docker
+    image: nixpkgs/nix:nixos-22.05
+    environment:
+      DOCKER_AUTH:
+        from_secret: docker_auth
+    commands:
+      - mkdir -p /root/.docker
+      - echo $DOCKER_AUTH > /root/.docker/config.json
+      - export CONTAINER_TAG=${CI_COMMIT_TAG:-$CI_COMMIT_SHA}
+      - nix-shell --attr ci --run "multiarch_docker"
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+when:
+  event:
+  - deployment
+  - cron
+
+matrix:
+  include:
+    - ARCH: amd64
+      TARGET: x86_64-unknown-linux-musl
+    - ARCH: i386
+      TARGET: i686-unknown-linux-musl
+    - ARCH: arm64
+      TARGET: aarch64-unknown-linux-musl
+    - ARCH: arm
+      TARGET: armv6l-unknown-linux-musleabihf
+
+steps:
+  - name: build
+    image: nixpkgs/nix:nixos-22.05
+    commands:
+      - nix-build --attr releasePackages.${ARCH} --argstr git_version ${CI_COMMIT_TAG:-$CI_COMMIT_SHA}
+
+  - name: check is static binary
+    image: nixpkgs/nix:nixos-22.05
+    commands:
+      - nix-shell --attr ci --run "./script/not-dynamic.sh result/bin/garage"
+
+  - name: integration tests
+    image: nixpkgs/nix:nixos-22.05
+    commands:
+      - nix-shell --attr ci --run ./script/test-smoke.sh || (cat /tmp/garage.log; false)
+    when:
+      - matrix:
+          ARCH: amd64
+      - matrix:
+          ARCH: i386
+
+  - name: upgrade tests
+    image: nixpkgs/nix:nixos-22.05
+    commands:
+      - nix-shell --attr ci --run "./script/test-upgrade.sh v0.8.4 x86_64-unknown-linux-musl" || (cat /tmp/garage.log; false)
+    when:
+      - matrix:
+          ARCH: amd64
+
+  - name: push static binary
+    image: nixpkgs/nix:nixos-22.05
+    environment:
+      TARGET: "${TARGET}"
+      AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID:
+        from_secret: garagehq_aws_access_key_id
+      AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY:
+        from_secret: garagehq_aws_secret_access_key
+    commands:
+      - nix-shell --attr ci --run "to_s3"
+
+  - name: docker build and publish
+    image: nixpkgs/nix:nixos-22.05
+    environment:
+      DOCKER_PLATFORM: "linux/${ARCH}"
+      CONTAINER_NAME: "dxflrs/${ARCH}_garage"
+      DOCKER_AUTH:
+        from_secret: docker_auth
+    commands:
+      - mkdir -p /root/.docker
+      - echo $DOCKER_AUTH > /root/.docker/config.json
+      - export CONTAINER_TAG=${CI_COMMIT_TAG:-$CI_COMMIT_SHA}
+      - nix-shell --attr ci --run "to_docker"
@@ -1,16 +1,155 @@
 [workspace]
+resolver = "2"
 members = [
+	"src/db",
 	"src/util",
+	"src/net",
 	"src/rpc",
 	"src/table",
+	"src/block",
 	"src/model",
-	"src/api",
+	"src/api/common",
+	"src/api/s3",
+	"src/api/k2v",
+	"src/api/admin",
 	"src/web",
 	"src/garage",
+	"src/k2v-client",
+	"src/format-table",
 ]

+default-members = ["src/garage"]
+
+[workspace.dependencies]
+
+# Internal Garage crates
+format_table = { version = "0.1.1", path = "src/format-table" }
+garage_api_common = { version = "1.1.0", path = "src/api/common" }
+garage_api_admin = { version = "1.1.0", path = "src/api/admin" }
+garage_api_s3 = { version = "1.1.0", path = "src/api/s3" }
+garage_api_k2v = { version = "1.1.0", path = "src/api/k2v" }
+garage_block = { version = "1.1.0", path = "src/block" }
+garage_db = { version = "1.1.0", path = "src/db", default-features = false }
+garage_model = { version = "1.1.0", path = "src/model", default-features = false }
+garage_net = { version = "1.1.0", path = "src/net" }
+garage_rpc = { version = "1.1.0", path = "src/rpc" }
+garage_table = { version = "1.1.0", path = "src/table" }
+garage_util = { version = "1.1.0", path = "src/util" }
+garage_web = { version = "1.1.0", path = "src/web" }
+k2v-client = { version = "0.0.4", path = "src/k2v-client" }
+
+# External crates from crates.io
+arc-swap = "1.0"
+argon2 = "0.5"
+async-trait = "0.1.7"
+backtrace = "0.3"
+base64 = "0.21"
+blake2 = "0.10"
+bytes = "1.0"
+bytesize = "1.1"
+cfg-if = "1.0"
+chrono = "0.4"
+crc32fast = "1.4"
+crc32c = "0.6"
+crypto-common = "0.1"
+err-derive = "0.3"
+gethostname = "0.4"
+git-version = "0.3.4"
+hex = "0.4"
+hexdump = "0.1"
+hmac = "0.12"
+idna = "0.5"
+itertools = "0.12"
+ipnet = "2.9.0"
+lazy_static = "1.4"
+md-5 = "0.10"
+mktemp = "0.5"
+nix = { version = "0.29", default-features = false, features = ["fs"] }
+nom = "7.1"
+parse_duration = "2.1"
+pin-project = "1.0.12"
+pnet_datalink = "0.34"
+rand = "0.8"
+sha1 = "0.10"
+sha2 = "0.10"
+timeago = { version = "0.4", default-features = false }
+xxhash-rust = { version = "0.8", default-features = false, features = ["xxh3"] }
+
+aes-gcm = { version = "0.10", features = ["aes", "stream"] }
+sodiumoxide = { version = "0.2.5-0", package = "kuska-sodiumoxide" }
+kuska-handshake = { version = "0.2.0", features = ["default", "async_std"] }
+
+clap = { version = "4.1", features = ["derive", "env"] }
+pretty_env_logger = "0.5"
+structopt = { version = "0.3", default-features = false }
+syslog-tracing = "0.3"
+tracing = "0.1"
+tracing-subscriber = { version = "0.3", features = ["env-filter"] }
+
+heed = { version = "0.11", default-features = false, features = ["lmdb"] }
+rusqlite = "0.31.0"
+r2d2 = "0.8"
+r2d2_sqlite = "0.24"
+
+async-compression = { version = "0.4", features = ["tokio", "zstd"] }
+zstd = { version = "0.13", default-features = false }
+
+quick-xml = { version = "0.26", features = [ "serialize" ] }
+rmp-serde = "1.1.2"
+serde = { version = "1.0", default-features = false, features = ["derive", "rc"] }
+serde_bytes = "0.11"
+serde_json = "1.0"
+toml = { version = "0.8", default-features = false, features = ["parse"] }
+
+# newer version requires rust edition 2021
+k8s-openapi = { version = "0.21", features = ["v1_24"] }
+kube = { version = "0.88", default-features = false, features = ["runtime", "derive", "client", "rustls-tls"] }
+schemars = "0.8"
+reqwest = { version = "0.11", default-features = false, features = ["rustls-tls-manual-roots", "json"] }
+
+form_urlencoded = "1.0.0"
+http = "1.0"
+httpdate = "1.0"
+http-range = "0.1"
+http-body-util = "0.1"
+hyper = { version = "1.0", default-features = false }
+hyper-util = { version = "0.1", features = [ "full" ] }
+multer = "3.0"
+percent-encoding = "2.2"
+roxmltree = "0.19"
+url = "2.3"
+
+futures = "0.3"
+futures-util = "0.3"
+tokio = { version = "1.0", default-features = false, features = ["net", "rt", "rt-multi-thread", "io-util", "net", "time", "macros", "sync", "signal", "fs"] }
+tokio-util = { version = "0.7", features = ["compat", "io"] }
+tokio-stream = { version = "0.1", features = ["net"] }
+
+opentelemetry = { version = "0.17", features = [ "rt-tokio", "metrics", "trace" ] }
+opentelemetry-prometheus = "0.10"
+opentelemetry-otlp = "0.10"
+opentelemetry-contrib = "0.9"
+prometheus = "0.13"
+
+# used by the k2v-client crate only
+aws-sigv4 = { version = "1.1" }
+hyper-rustls = { version = "0.26", features = ["http2"] }
+log = "0.4"
+thiserror = "1.0"
+
+# ---- used only as build / dev dependencies ----
+assert-json-diff = "2.0"
+rustc_version = "0.4.0"
+static_init = "1.0"
+aws-sdk-config = "1.62"
+aws-sdk-s3 = "=1.68"
+
 [profile.dev]
+#lto = "thin"	# disabled for now, adds 2-4 min to each CI build
 lto = "off"

 [profile.release]
-debug = true
+lto = true
+codegen-units = 1
+opt-level = "s"
+strip = true
@@ -1,10 +1,7 @@
-FROM archlinux:latest
+FROM scratch

-RUN mkdir -p /garage/meta
-RUN mkdir -p /garage/data
 ENV RUST_BACKTRACE=1
-ENV RUST_LOG=garage=debug
+ENV RUST_LOG=garage=info

-COPY target/release/garage.stripped /garage/garage
-
-CMD /garage/garage server -c /garage/config.toml
+COPY result/bin/garage /
+CMD [ "/garage", "server"]
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+                    GNU AFFERO GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 19 November 2007

 Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <https://fsf.org/>
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
@@ -7,17 +7,15 @@

                            Preamble

-  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
-software and other kinds of works.
+  The GNU Affero General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works, specifically designed to ensure
+cooperation with the community in the case of network server software.

  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
 to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
-the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+our General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to
 share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
-software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
-GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
-any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
+software for all its users.

  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
 price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
@@ -26,44 +24,34 @@ them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
 want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
 free programs, and that you know you can do these things.

-  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
-these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
-certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
-you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+  Developers that use our General Public Licenses protect your rights
+with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer
+you this License which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute
+and/or modify the software.

-  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
-freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
-or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
-know their rights.
+  A secondary benefit of defending all users' freedom is that
+improvements made in alternate versions of the program, if they
+receive widespread use, become available for other developers to
+incorporate.  Many developers of free software are heartened and
+encouraged by the resulting cooperation.  However, in the case of
+software used on network servers, this result may fail to come about.
+The GNU General Public License permits making a modified version and
+letting the public access it on a server without ever releasing its
+source code to the public.

-  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
-(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
-giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+  The GNU Affero General Public License is designed specifically to
+ensure that, in such cases, the modified source code becomes available
+to the community.  It requires the operator of a network server to
+provide the source code of the modified version running there to the
+users of that server.  Therefore, public use of a modified version, on
+a publicly accessible server, gives the public access to the source
+code of the modified version.

-  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
-that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
-authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
-changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
-authors of previous versions.
-
-  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
-modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
-can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
-protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
-pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
-use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
-have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
-products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
-stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
-of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
-
-  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
-States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
-software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
-avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
-make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
-patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+  An older license, called the Affero General Public License and
+published by Affero, was designed to accomplish similar goals.  This is
+a different license, not a version of the Affero GPL, but Affero has
+released a new version of the Affero GPL which permits relicensing under
+this license.

  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
 modification follow.
@@ -72,7 +60,7 @@ modification follow.

  0. Definitions.

-  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License.

  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
 works, such as semiconductor masks.
@@ -549,35 +537,45 @@ to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
 the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
 License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.

-  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+  13. Remote Network Interaction; Use with the GNU General Public License.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, if you modify the
+Program, your modified version must prominently offer all users
+interacting with it remotely through a computer network (if your version
+supports such interaction) an opportunity to receive the Corresponding
+Source of your version by providing access to the Corresponding Source
+from a network server at no charge, through some standard or customary
+means of facilitating copying of software.  This Corresponding Source
+shall include the Corresponding Source for any work covered by version 3
+of the GNU General Public License that is incorporated pursuant to the
+following paragraph.

  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
 permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
-under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+under version 3 of the GNU General Public License into a single
 combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
 License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
-but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
-section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
-combination as such.
+but the work with which it is combined will remain governed by version
+3 of the GNU General Public License.

  14. Revised Versions of this License.

  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
-the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+the GNU Affero General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions
+will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
 address new problems or concerns.

  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
-Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU Affero General
 Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
 option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
 version or of any later version published by the Free Software
 Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
-GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+GNU Affero General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
 by the Free Software Foundation.

  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
-versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+versions of the GNU Affero General Public License can be used, that proxy's
 public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
 to choose that version for the Program.

@@ -635,41 +633,29 @@ the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>

    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.

    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
+    GNU Affero General Public License for more details.

-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

 Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.

-  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
-notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
-    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
-    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
-might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+  If your software can interact with users remotely through a computer
+network, you should also make sure that it provides a way for users to
+get its source.  For example, if your program is a web application, its
+interface could display a "Source" link that leads users to an archive
+of the code.  There are many ways you could offer source, and different
+solutions will be better for different programs; see section 13 for the
+specific requirements.

  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
 if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
-For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU AGPL, see
 <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
-into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
-the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
-Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
-<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/why-not-lgpl.html>.
-
@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
-BIN=target/release/garage
-DOCKER=lxpz/garage_amd64
+.PHONY: doc all run1 run2 run3

 all:
-	#cargo fmt || true
-	#RUSTFLAGS="-C link-arg=-fuse-ld=lld" cargo build
+	clear
 	cargo build

-$(BIN):
-	#RUSTFLAGS="-C link-arg=-fuse-ld=lld" cargo build --release
-	cargo build --release
+# ----

-$(BIN).stripped: $(BIN)
-	cp $^ $@
-	strip $@
+run1:
+	RUST_LOG=garage=debug ./target/debug/garage -c tmp/config1.toml server
+run1rel:
+	RUST_LOG=garage=debug ./target/release/garage -c tmp/config1.toml server

-docker: $(BIN).stripped
-	docker build -t $(DOCKER):$(TAG) .
-	docker push $(DOCKER):$(TAG)
-	docker tag $(DOCKER):$(TAG) $(DOCKER):latest
-	docker push $(DOCKER):latest
-	
+run2:
+	RUST_LOG=garage=debug ./target/debug/garage -c tmp/config2.toml server
+run2rel:
+	RUST_LOG=garage=debug ./target/release/garage -c tmp/config2.toml server
+
+run3:
+	RUST_LOG=garage=debug ./target/debug/garage -c tmp/config3.toml server
+run3rel:
+	RUST_LOG=garage=debug ./target/release/garage -c tmp/config3.toml server
@@ -1,132 +1,38 @@
-# Garage
+Garage [![status-badge](https://woodpecker.deuxfleurs.fr/api/badges/1/status.svg)](https://woodpecker.deuxfleurs.fr/repos/1)
+===

-Garage is a lightweight S3-compatible distributed object store, with the following goals:
+<p align="center" style="text-align:center;">
+	<a href="https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr">
+	<img alt="Garage logo" src="https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/img/logo.svg" height="200" />
+	</a>
+</p>

- As self-contained as possible
- Easy to set up
- Highly resilient to network failures, network latency, disk failures, sysadmin failures
- Relatively simple
- Made for multi-datacenter deployments
+<p align="center" style="text-align:center;">
+	[ <strong><a href="https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/">Website and documentation</a></strong>
+	| <a href="https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/_releases.html">Binary releases</a>
+	| <a href="https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage">Git repository</a>
+	| <a href="https://matrix.to/#/%23garage:deuxfleurs.fr">Matrix channel</a>
+	]
+</p>

-Non-goals include:
+Garage is an S3-compatible distributed object storage service
+designed for self-hosting at a small-to-medium scale.

- Extremely high performance
- Complete implementation of the S3 API
- Erasure coding (our replication model is simply to copy the data as is on several nodes)
+Garage is designed for storage clusters composed of nodes running
+at different physical locations,
+in order to easily provide a storage service that replicates data at these different
+locations and stays available even when some servers are unreachable.
+Garage also focuses on being lightweight, easy to operate, and highly resilient to
+machine failures.

-Our main use case is to provide a distributed storage layer for small-scale self hosted services such as [Deuxfleurs](https://deuxfleurs.fr).
+Garage is built by [Deuxfleurs](https://deuxfleurs.fr),
+an experimental small-scale self hosted service provider,
+which has been using it in production since its first release in 2020.

-## Development
+Learn more on our dedicated documentation pages:

-We propose the following quickstart to setup a full dev. environment as quickly as possible:
+- [Goals and use cases](https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/documentation/design/goals/)
+- [Features](https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/documentation/reference-manual/features/)
+- [Quick start](https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/documentation/quick-start/)

-  1. Setup a rust/cargo environment. eg. `dnf install rust cargo`
-  2. Install awscli v2 by following the guide [here](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/install-cliv2.html).
-  3. Run `cargo build` to build the project
-  4. Run `./script/dev-cluster.sh` to launch a test cluster (feel free to read the script)
-  5. Run `./script/dev-configure.sh` to configure your test cluster with default values (same datacenter, 100 tokens)
-  6. Run `./script/dev-bucket.sh` to create a bucket named `eprouvette` and an API key that will be stored in `/tmp/garage.s3`
-  7. Run `source ./script/dev-env-aws.sh` to configure your CLI environment
-  8. You can use `garage` to manage the cluster. Try `garage --help`.
-  9. You can use the `awsgrg` alias to add, remove, and delete files. Try `awsgrg help`, `awsgrg cp /proc/cpuinfo s3://eprouvette/cpuinfo.txt`, or `awsgrg ls s3://eprouvette`. `awsgrg` is a wrapper on the `aws s3` command pre-configured with the previously generated API key (the one in `/tmp/garage.s3`) and localhost as the endpoint.
-
-Now you should be ready to start hacking on garage!
-
-## S3 compatibility
-
-Only a subset of S3 is supported: adding, listing, getting and deleting files in a bucket.
-Bucket management, ACL and other advanced features are not (yet?) handled through the S3 API but through the `garage` CLI.
-We primarily test `garage` against the `awscli` tool and `nextcloud`.
-
-## Setting up Garage
-
-Use the `genkeys.sh` script to generate TLS keys for encrypting communications between Garage nodes.
-The script takes no arguments and will generate keys in `pki/`.
-This script creates a certificate authority `garage-ca` which signs certificates for individual Garage nodes.
-Garage nodes from a same cluster authenticate themselves by verifying that they have certificates signed by the same certificate authority.
-
-Garage requires two locations to store its data: a metadata directory, and a data directory.
-The metadata directory is used to store metadata such as object lists, and should ideally be located on an SSD drive.
-The data directory is used to store the chunks of data of the objects stored in Garage.
-In a typical deployment the data directory is stored on a standard HDD.
-
-Garage does not handle TLS for its S3 API endpoint. This should be handled by adding a reverse proxy.
-
-Create a configuration file with the following structure:
-
-```
-block_size = 1048576			# objects are split in blocks of maximum this number of bytes
-
-metadata_dir = "/path/to/ssd/metadata/directory"
-data_dir = "/path/to/hdd/data/directory"
-
-rpc_bind_addr = "[::]:3901"		# the port other Garage nodes will use to talk to this node
-
-bootstrap_peers = [
-	# Ideally this list should contain the IP addresses of all other Garage nodes of the cluster.
-	# Use Ansible or any kind of configuration templating to generate this automatically.
-	"10.0.0.1:3901",
-	"10.0.0.2:3901",
-	"10.0.0.3:3901",
-]
-
-# optionnal: garage can find cluster nodes automatically using a Consul server
-# garage only does lookup but does not register itself, registration should be handled externally by e.g. Nomad
-consul_host = "localhost:8500"	# optionnal: host name of a Consul server for automatic peer discovery
-consul_service_name = "garage"  # optionnal: service name to look up on Consul
-
-max_concurrent_rpc_requests = 12
-data_replication_factor = 3
-meta_replication_factor = 3
-meta_epidemic_fanout = 3
-
-[rpc_tls]
-# NOT RECOMMENDED: you can skip this section if you don't want to encrypt intra-cluster traffic
-# Thanks to genkeys.sh, generating the keys and certificates is easy, so there is NO REASON NOT TO DO IT.
-ca_cert = "/path/to/garage/pki/garage-ca.crt"
-node_cert = "/path/to/garage/pki/garage.crt"
-node_key = "/path/to/garage/pki/garage.key"
-
-[s3_api]
-api_bind_addr = "[::1]:3900"	# the S3 API port, HTTP without TLS. Add a reverse proxy for the TLS part.
-s3_region = "garage"				# set this to anything. S3 API calls will fail if they are not made against the region set here.
-
-[s3_web]
-bind_addr = "[::1]:3902"
-root_domain = ".garage.tld"
-index = "index.html"
-```
-
-Build Garage using `cargo build --release`.
-Then, run it using either `./target/release/garage server -c path/to/config_file.toml` or `cargo run --release -- server -c path/to/config_file.toml`.
-
-Set the `RUST_LOG` environment to `garage=debug` to dump some debug information.
-Set it to `garage=trace` to dump even more debug information.
-Set it to `garage=warn` to show nothing except warnings and errors.
-
-## Setting up cluster nodes
-
-Once all your `garage` nodes are running, you will need to:
-
-1. check that they are correctly talking to one another;
-2. configure them with their physical location (in the case of a multi-dc deployment) and a number of "ring tokens" proportionnal to the storage space available on each node;
-3. create some S3 API keys and buckets;
-4. ???;
-5. profit!
-
-To run these administrative tasks, you will need to use the `garage` command line tool and it to connect to any of the cluster's nodes on the RPC port.
-The `garage` CLI also needs TLS keys and certificates of its own to authenticate and be authenticated in the cluster.
-A typicall invocation will be as follows:
-
-```
-./target/release/garage --ca-cert=pki/garage-ca.crt --client-cert=pki/garage-client.crt --client-key=pki/garage-client.key <...>
-```
-
-
-## Notes to self
-
-### What to repair
-
- `tables`: to do a full sync of metadata, should not be necessary because it is done every hour by the system
- `versions` and `block_refs`: very time consuming, usefull if deletions have not been propagated, improves garbage collection
- `blocks`: very usefull to resync/rebalance blocks betweeen nodes
+Garage is entirely free software released under the terms of the AGPLv3.
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-Testing
-------
-
-How are we going to test that our replication method works correctly?
-We will have to introduce lots of dummy data and then add/remove nodes many times.
-
-
-Attaining S3 compatibility
--------------------------
-
- test multipart uploads
- get ranges
-
- fix sync not working in some cases ? (when starting from empty?)
-
- api_server following the S3 semantics for head/get/put/list/delete: verify more that it works as intended
- PUT requests: verify content-md5 if provided
- possibly other necessary endpoints ?
-
-
-Lower priority
--------------
-
- less a priority: hinted handoff
- repair: re-propagate block ref table to rc
- FIXME in rpc_server when garage shuts down and futures can be interrupted
-  (tokio::spawn should be replaced by a new function background::spawn_joinable)
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-block_size = 1048576			# objects are split in blocks of maximum this number of bytes
-
-metadata_dir = "/tmp/garage-meta"
-data_dir = "/tmp/garage-data"
-
-rpc_bind_addr = "[::]:3901"		# the port other Garage nodes will use to talk to this node
-
-bootstrap_peers = []
-
-max_concurrent_rpc_requests = 12
-data_replication_factor = 3
-meta_replication_factor = 3
-meta_epidemic_fanout = 3
-
-[s3_api]
-api_bind_addr = "[::1]:3900"	# the S3 API port, HTTP without TLS. Add a reverse proxy for the TLS part.
-s3_region = "garage"				# set this to anything. S3 API calls will fail if they are not made against the region set here.
-
-[s3_web]
-bind_addr = "[::1]:3902"
-root_domain = ".garage.tld"
-index = "index.html"
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+{ system ? builtins.currentSystem, git_version ? null, }:
+
+with import ./nix/common.nix;
+
+let
+  pkgs = import nixpkgs { };
+  compile = import ./nix/compile.nix;
+
+  build_release = target: (compile {
+    inherit target system git_version nixpkgs;
+    crane = flake.inputs.crane;
+    rust-overlay = flake.inputs.rust-overlay;
+    release = true;
+  }).garage;
+
+in {
+  releasePackages = {
+    amd64 = build_release "x86_64-unknown-linux-musl";
+    i386 = build_release "i686-unknown-linux-musl";
+    arm64 = build_release "aarch64-unknown-linux-musl";
+    arm = build_release "armv6l-unknown-linux-musleabihf";
+  };
+  flakePackages = flake.packages.${system};
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# Browse doc
+
+Run in this directory:
+
+```
+python3 -m http.server 
+```
+
+And open in your browser:
+  - http://localhost:8000/garage-admin-v0.html
+
+# Validate doc
+
+```
+wget https://repo1.maven.org/maven2/org/openapitools/openapi-generator-cli/6.1.0/openapi-generator-cli-6.1.0.jar -O openapi-generator-cli.jar
+java -jar openapi-generator-cli.jar validate -i garage-admin-v0.yml
+```
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* montserrat-300 - latin */
+@font-face {
+  font-family: 'Montserrat';
+  font-style: normal;
+  font-weight: 300;
+  src: local(''),
+       url('../fonts/montserrat-v25-latin-300.woff2') format('woff2'), /* Chrome 26+, Opera 23+, Firefox 39+ */
+       url('../fonts/montserrat-v25-latin-300.woff') format('woff'); /* Chrome 6+, Firefox 3.6+, IE 9+, Safari 5.1+ */
+}
+
+/* montserrat-regular - latin */
+@font-face {
+  font-family: 'Montserrat';
+  font-style: normal;
+  font-weight: 400;
+  src: local(''),
+       url('../fonts/montserrat-v25-latin-regular.woff2') format('woff2'), /* Chrome 26+, Opera 23+, Firefox 39+ */
+       url('../fonts/montserrat-v25-latin-regular.woff') format('woff'); /* Chrome 6+, Firefox 3.6+, IE 9+, Safari 5.1+ */
+}
+
+/* montserrat-700 - latin */
+@font-face {
+  font-family: 'Montserrat';
+  font-style: normal;
+  font-weight: 700;
+  src: local(''),
+       url('../fonts/montserrat-v25-latin-700.woff2') format('woff2'), /* Chrome 26+, Opera 23+, Firefox 39+ */
+       url('../fonts/montserrat-v25-latin-700.woff') format('woff'); /* Chrome 6+, Firefox 3.6+, IE 9+, Safari 5.1+ */
+}
+/* roboto-300 - latin */
+@font-face {
+  font-family: 'Roboto';
+  font-style: normal;
+  font-weight: 300;
+  src: local(''),
+       url('../fonts/roboto-v30-latin-300.woff2') format('woff2'), /* Chrome 26+, Opera 23+, Firefox 39+ */
+       url('../fonts/roboto-v30-latin-300.woff') format('woff'); /* Chrome 6+, Firefox 3.6+, IE 9+, Safari 5.1+ */
+}
+
+/* roboto-regular - latin */
+@font-face {
+  font-family: 'Roboto';
+  font-style: normal;
+  font-weight: 400;
+  src: local(''),
+       url('../fonts/roboto-v30-latin-regular.woff2') format('woff2'), /* Chrome 26+, Opera 23+, Firefox 39+ */
+       url('../fonts/roboto-v30-latin-regular.woff') format('woff'); /* Chrome 6+, Firefox 3.6+, IE 9+, Safari 5.1+ */
+}
+
+/* roboto-700 - latin */
+@font-face {
+  font-family: 'Roboto';
+  font-style: normal;
+  font-weight: 700;
+  src: local(''),
+       url('../fonts/roboto-v30-latin-700.woff2') format('woff2'), /* Chrome 26+, Opera 23+, Firefox 39+ */
+       url('../fonts/roboto-v30-latin-700.woff') format('woff'); /* Chrome 6+, Firefox 3.6+, IE 9+, Safari 5.1+ */
+}
+
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+  <head>
+    <title>Garage Adminstration API v0</title>
+    <!-- needed for adaptive design -->
+    <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+    <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1">
+    <link href="./css/redoc.css" rel="stylesheet">
+
+    <!--
+    Redoc doesn't change outer page styles
+    -->
+    <style>
+      body {
+        margin: 0;
+        padding: 0;
+      }
+    </style>
+  </head>
+  <body>
+    <redoc spec-url='./garage-admin-v0.yml'></redoc>
+    <script src="./redoc.standalone.js"> </script>
+  </body>
+</html>
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+  <head>
+    <title>Garage Adminstration API v0</title>
+    <!-- needed for adaptive design -->
+    <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+    <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1">
+    <link href="./css/redoc.css" rel="stylesheet">
+
+    <!--
+    Redoc doesn't change outer page styles
+    -->
+    <style>
+      body {
+        margin: 0;
+        padding: 0;
+      }
+    </style>
+  </head>
+  <body>
+    <redoc spec-url='./garage-admin-v1.yml'></redoc>
+    <script src="./redoc.standalone.js"> </script>
+  </body>
+</html>
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+book
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+These are the sources for the documentation but not the whole website.
+The website templates and other things are in garage_website, which
+uses this as a submodule.
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+++
+template = "documentation.html"
+page_template = "documentation.html"
+redirect_to = "documentation/quick-start/"
+++
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+++
+title = "Build your own app"
+weight = 40
+sort_by = "weight"
+template = "documentation.html"
+++
+
+Garage has many API that you can rely on to build complex applications.
+In this section, we reference the existing SDKs and give some code examples.
+
+
+## ⚠️ DISCLAIMER
+
+**K2V AND ADMIN SDK ARE TECHNICAL PREVIEWS**. The following limitations apply:
+  - The API is not complete, some actions are possible only through the `garage` binary
+  - The underlying admin API is not yet stable nor complete, it can breaks at any time
+  - The generator configuration is currently tweaked, the library might break at any time due to a generator change
+  - Because the API and the library are not stable, none of them are published in a package manager (npm, pypi, etc.)
+  - This code has not been extensively tested, some things might not work (please report!)
+
+To have the best experience possible, please consider:
+  - Make sure that the version of the library you are using is pinned (`go.sum`, `package-lock.json`, `requirements.txt`).
+  - Before upgrading your Garage cluster, make sure that you can find a version of this SDK that works with your targeted version and that you are able to update your own code to work with this new version of the library.
+  - Join our Matrix channel at `#garage:deuxfleurs.fr`, say that you are interested by this SDK, and report any friction.
+  - If stability is critical, mirror this repository on your own infrastructure, regenerate the SDKs and upgrade them at your own pace.
+
+
+## About the APIs
+
+Code can interact with Garage through 3 different APIs: S3, K2V, and Admin.
+Each of them has a specific scope.
+
+### S3
+
+De-facto standard, introduced by Amazon, designed to store blobs of data.
+
+### K2V
+
+A simple database API similar to RiakKV or DynamoDB.
+Think a key value store with some additional operations.
+Its design is inspired by Distributed Hash Tables (DHT).
+
+More information:
+  - [In the reference manual](@/documentation/reference-manual/k2v.md)
+
+
+### Administration
+
+Garage operations can also be automated through a REST API.
+We are currently building this SDK for [Python](@/documentation/build/python.md#admin-api), [Javascript](@/documentation/build/javascript.md#administration) and [Golang](@/documentation/build/golang.md#administration).
+
+More information:
+  - [In the reference manual](@/documentation/reference-manual/admin-api.md)
+  - [Full specifiction](https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/api/garage-admin-v0.html)
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+++
+title = "Golang"
+weight = 30
+++
+
+## S3
+
+*Coming soon*
+
+Some refs:
+  - Minio minio-go-sdk
+    - [Reference](https://docs.min.io/docs/golang-client-api-reference.html)
+
+  - Amazon aws-sdk-go-v2
+    - [Installation](https://aws.github.io/aws-sdk-go-v2/docs/getting-started/)
+    - [Reference](https://pkg.go.dev/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3)
+    - [Example](https://aws.github.io/aws-sdk-go-v2/docs/code-examples/s3/putobject/)
+
+## K2V
+
+*Coming soon*
+
+## Administration
+
+Install the SDK with:
+
+```bash
+go get git.deuxfleurs.fr/garage-sdk/garage-admin-sdk-golang
+```
+
+A short example:
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+    "context"
+    "fmt"
+    "os"
+    "strings"
+    garage "git.deuxfleurs.fr/garage-sdk/garage-admin-sdk-golang"
+)
+
+func main() {
+    // Initialization
+    configuration := garage.NewConfiguration()
+    configuration.Host = "127.0.0.1:3903"
+    client := garage.NewAPIClient(configuration)
+    ctx := context.WithValue(context.Background(), garage.ContextAccessToken, "s3cr3t")
+
+    // Nodes
+    fmt.Println("--- nodes ---")
+    nodes, _, _ := client.NodesApi.GetNodes(ctx).Execute()
+    fmt.Fprintf(os.Stdout, "First hostname: %v\n", nodes.KnownNodes[0].Hostname)
+    capa := int64(1000000000)
+    change := []garage.NodeRoleChange{
+	    garage.NodeRoleChange{NodeRoleUpdate: &garage.NodeRoleUpdate {
+	        Id: *nodes.KnownNodes[0].Id,
+	        Zone: "dc1",
+	        Capacity: *garage.NewNullableInt64(&capa),
+	        Tags: []string{ "fast", "amd64" },
+	    }},
+    }
+    staged, _, _ := client.LayoutApi.AddLayout(ctx).NodeRoleChange(change).Execute()
+    msg, _, _ := client.LayoutApi.ApplyLayout(ctx).LayoutVersion(*garage.NewLayoutVersion(staged.Version + 1)).Execute()
+    fmt.Printf(strings.Join(msg.Message, "\n")) // Layout configured
+
+    health, _, _ := client.NodesApi.GetHealth(ctx).Execute()
+    fmt.Printf("Status: %s, nodes: %v/%v, storage: %v/%v, partitions: %v/%v\n", health.Status, health.ConnectedNodes, health.KnownNodes, health.StorageNodesOk, health.StorageNodes, health.PartitionsAllOk, health.Partitions)
+
+    // Key
+    fmt.Println("\n--- key ---")
+    key := "openapi-key"
+    keyInfo, _, _ := client.KeyApi.AddKey(ctx).AddKeyRequest(garage.AddKeyRequest{Name: *garage.NewNullableString(&key) }).Execute()
+    defer client.KeyApi.DeleteKey(ctx).Id(*keyInfo.AccessKeyId).Execute()
+    fmt.Printf("AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=%s\nAWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=%s\n", *keyInfo.AccessKeyId, *keyInfo.SecretAccessKey.Get())
+
+    id := *keyInfo.AccessKeyId
+    canCreateBucket := true
+    updateKeyRequest := *garage.NewUpdateKeyRequest()
+    updateKeyRequest.SetName("openapi-key-updated")
+    updateKeyRequest.SetAllow(garage.UpdateKeyRequestAllow { CreateBucket: &canCreateBucket })
+    update, _, _ := client.KeyApi.UpdateKey(ctx).Id(id).UpdateKeyRequest(updateKeyRequest).Execute()
+    fmt.Printf("Updated %v with key name %v\n", *update.AccessKeyId, *update.Name)
+
+    keyList, _, _ := client.KeyApi.ListKeys(ctx).Execute()
+    fmt.Printf("Keys count: %v\n", len(keyList))
+
+    // Bucket
+    fmt.Println("\n--- bucket ---")
+    global_name := "global-ns-openapi-bucket"
+    local_name := "local-ns-openapi-bucket"
+    bucketInfo, _, _ := client.BucketApi.CreateBucket(ctx).CreateBucketRequest(garage.CreateBucketRequest{
+        GlobalAlias: &global_name,
+        LocalAlias: &garage.CreateBucketRequestLocalAlias {
+            AccessKeyId: keyInfo.AccessKeyId,
+	    Alias: &local_name,
+        },
+    }).Execute()
+    defer client.BucketApi.DeleteBucket(ctx).Id(*bucketInfo.Id).Execute()
+    fmt.Printf("Bucket id: %s\n", *bucketInfo.Id)
+
+    updateBucketRequest := *garage.NewUpdateBucketRequest()
+    website := garage.NewUpdateBucketRequestWebsiteAccess()
+    website.SetEnabled(true)
+    website.SetIndexDocument("index.html")
+    website.SetErrorDocument("errors/4xx.html")
+    updateBucketRequest.SetWebsiteAccess(*website)
+    quotas := garage.NewUpdateBucketRequestQuotas()
+    quotas.SetMaxSize(1000000000)
+    quotas.SetMaxObjects(999999999)
+    updateBucketRequest.SetQuotas(*quotas)
+    updatedBucket, _, _ := client.BucketApi.UpdateBucket(ctx).Id(*bucketInfo.Id).UpdateBucketRequest(updateBucketRequest).Execute()
+    fmt.Printf("Bucket %v website activation: %v\n", *updatedBucket.Id, *updatedBucket.WebsiteAccess)
+
+    bucketList, _, _ := client.BucketApi.ListBuckets(ctx).Execute()
+    fmt.Printf("Bucket count: %v\n", len(bucketList))
+}
+```
+
+See also:
+ - [generated doc](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/garage-sdk/garage-admin-sdk-golang)
+ - [examples](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/garage-sdk/garage-admin-sdk-generator/src/branch/main/example/golang)
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+++
+title = "Javascript"
+weight = 10
+++
+
+## S3
+
+*Coming soon*.
+
+Some refs:
+  - Minio SDK
+    - [Reference](https://docs.min.io/docs/javascript-client-api-reference.html)
+
+  - Amazon aws-sdk-js
+    - [Installation](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-javascript/v3/developer-guide/getting-started.html)
+    - [Reference](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSJavaScriptSDK/latest/AWS/S3.html)
+    - [Example](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-javascript/v3/developer-guide/s3-example-creating-buckets.html)
+
+## K2V
+
+*Coming soon*
+
+## Administration
+
+Install the SDK with:
+
+```bash
+npm install --save git+https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/garage-sdk/garage-admin-sdk-js.git
+```
+
+A short example:
+
+```javascript
+const garage = require('garage_administration_api_v1garage_v0_9_0');
+
+const api = new garage.ApiClient("http://127.0.0.1:3903/v1");
+api.authentications['bearerAuth'].accessToken = "s3cr3t";
+
+const [node, layout, key, bucket] = [
+  new garage.NodesApi(api),
+  new garage.LayoutApi(api),
+  new garage.KeyApi(api),
+  new garage.BucketApi(api),
+];
+
+node.getNodes().then((data) => {
+  console.log(`nodes: ${Object.values(data.knownNodes).map(n => n.hostname)}`)
+}, (error) => {
+  console.error(error);
+});
+```
+
+See also:
+ - [sdk repository](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/garage-sdk/garage-admin-sdk-js)
+ - [examples](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/garage-sdk/garage-admin-sdk-generator/src/branch/main/example/javascript)
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+++
+title = "Others"
+weight = 99
+++
+
+## S3
+
+If you are developping a new application, you may want to use Garage to store your user's media.
+
+The S3 API that Garage uses is a standard REST API, so as long as you can make HTTP requests,
+you can query it. You can check the [S3 REST API Reference](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_Operations_Amazon_Simple_Storage_Service.html) from Amazon to learn more.
+
+Developping your own wrapper around the REST API is time consuming and complicated.
+Instead, there are some libraries already avalaible.
+
+Some of them are maintained by Amazon, some by Minio, others by the community.
+
+### PHP
+
+  - Amazon aws-sdk-php
+    - [Installation](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-php/v3/developer-guide/getting-started_installation.html)
+    - [Reference](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/aws-sdk-php/v3/api/api-s3-2006-03-01.html)
+    - [Example](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-php/v3/developer-guide/s3-examples-creating-buckets.html)
+
+### Java
+
+  - Minio SDK
+    - [Reference](https://docs.min.io/docs/java-client-api-reference.html)
+
+  - Amazon aws-sdk-java
+    - [Installation](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-java/latest/developer-guide/get-started.html)
+    - [Reference](https://sdk.amazonaws.com/java/api/latest/software/amazon/awssdk/services/s3/S3Client.html)
+    - [Example](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-java/latest/developer-guide/examples-s3-objects.html)
+
+### .NET
+
+  - Minio SDK
+    - [Reference](https://docs.min.io/docs/dotnet-client-api-reference.html)
+
+  - Amazon aws-dotnet-sdk
+
+### C++
+
+  - Amazon aws-cpp-sdk
+
+### Haskell
+
+  - Minio SDK
+    - [Reference](https://docs.min.io/docs/haskell-client-api-reference.html)
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+++
+title = "Python"
+weight = 20
+++
+
+## S3
+
+### Using Minio SDK
+
+First install the SDK:
+
+```bash
+pip3 install minio
+```
+
+Then instantiate a client object using garage root domain, api key and secret:
+
+```python
+import minio
+
+client = minio.Minio(
+  "your.domain.tld",
+  "GKyourapikey",
+  "abcd[...]1234",
+  # Force the region, this is specific to garage
+  region="garage",
+)
+```
+
+Then use all the standard S3 endpoints as implemented by the Minio SDK:
+
+```
+# List buckets
+print(client.list_buckets())
+
+# Put an object containing 'content' to /path in bucket named 'bucket':
+content = b"content"
+client.put_object(
+  "bucket",
+  "path",
+  io.BytesIO(content),
+  len(content),
+)
+
+# Read the object back and check contents
+data = client.get_object("bucket", "path").read()
+assert data == content
+```
+
+For further documentation, see the Minio SDK
+[Reference](https://docs.min.io/docs/python-client-api-reference.html)
+
+### Using Amazon boto3
+
+*Coming soon*
+
+See the official documentation:
+  - [Installation](https://boto3.amazonaws.com/v1/documentation/api/latest/guide/quickstart.html)
+  - [Reference](https://boto3.amazonaws.com/v1/documentation/api/latest/reference/services/s3.html)
+  - [Example](https://boto3.amazonaws.com/v1/documentation/api/latest/guide/s3-uploading-files.html)
+
+## K2V
+
+*Coming soon*
+
+## Admin API
+
+You need at least Python 3.6, pip, and setuptools.
+Because the python package is in a subfolder, the command is a bit more complicated than usual:
+
+```bash
+pip3 install --user 'git+https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/garage-sdk/garage-admin-sdk-python'
+```
+
+Now, let imagine you have a fresh Garage instance running on localhost, with the admin API configured on port 3903 with the bearer `s3cr3t`:
+
+```python
+import garage_admin_sdk
+from garage_admin_sdk.apis import *
+from garage_admin_sdk.models import *
+
+configuration = garage_admin_sdk.Configuration(
+  host = "http://localhost:3903/v1",
+  access_token = "s3cr3t"
+)
+
+# Init APIs
+api = garage_admin_sdk.ApiClient(configuration)
+nodes, layout, keys, buckets = NodesApi(api), LayoutApi(api), KeyApi(api), BucketApi(api)
+
+# Display some info on the node
+status = nodes.get_nodes()
+print(f"running garage {status.garage_version}, node_id {status.node}")
+
+# Change layout of this node
+current = layout.get_layout()
+layout.add_layout([
+  NodeRoleChange(
+    id = status.node,
+    zone = "dc1",
+    capacity = 1000000000,
+    tags = [ "dev" ],
+  )
+])
+layout.apply_layout(LayoutVersion(
+  version = current.version + 1
+))
+
+# Create key, allow it to create buckets
+kinfo = keys.add_key(AddKeyRequest(name="openapi"))
+
+allow_create = UpdateKeyRequestAllow(create_bucket=True)
+keys.update_key(kinfo.access_key_id, UpdateKeyRequest(allow=allow_create))
+
+# Create a bucket, allow key, set quotas
+binfo = buckets.create_bucket(CreateBucketRequest(global_alias="documentation"))
+binfo = buckets.allow_bucket_key(AllowBucketKeyRequest(
+  bucket_id=binfo.id,
+  access_key_id=kinfo.access_key_id,
+  permissions=AllowBucketKeyRequestPermissions(read=True, write=True, owner=True),
+))
+binfo = buckets.update_bucket(binfo.id, UpdateBucketRequest(
+  quotas=UpdateBucketRequestQuotas(max_size=19029801,max_objects=1500)))
+
+# Display key
+print(f"""
+cluster ready
+key id is {kinfo.access_key_id}
+secret key is {kinfo.secret_access_key}
+bucket {binfo.global_aliases[0]} contains {binfo.objects}/{binfo.quotas.max_objects} objects
+""")
+```
+
+*This example is named `short.py` in the example folder. Other python examples are also available.*
+
+See also:
+ - [sdk repo](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/garage-sdk/garage-admin-sdk-python)
+ - [examples](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/garage-sdk/garage-admin-sdk-generator/src/branch/main/example/python)
+
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+++
+title = "Rust"
+weight = 40
+++
+
+## S3
+
+*Coming soon*
+
+Some refs:
+  - Amazon aws-rust-sdk
+    - [Github](https://github.com/awslabs/aws-sdk-rust)
+
+## K2V
+
+*Coming soon*
+
+Some refs: https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage/src/branch/main/src/k2v-client
+
+```bash
+# all these values can be provided on the cli instead
+export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=GK123456
+export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=0123..789
+export AWS_REGION=garage
+export K2V_ENDPOINT=http://172.30.2.1:3903
+export K2V_BUCKET=my-bucket
+
+cargo run --features=cli -- read-range my-partition-key --all
+
+cargo run --features=cli -- insert my-partition-key my-sort-key --text "my string1"
+cargo run --features=cli -- insert my-partition-key my-sort-key --text "my string2"
+cargo run --features=cli -- insert my-partition-key my-sort-key2 --text "my string"
+
+cargo run --features=cli -- read-range my-partition-key --all
+
+causality=$(cargo run --features=cli -- read my-partition-key my-sort-key2 -b | head -n1)
+cargo run --features=cli -- delete my-partition-key my-sort-key2 -c $causality
+
+causality=$(cargo run --features=cli -- read my-partition-key my-sort-key -b | head -n1)
+cargo run --features=cli -- insert my-partition-key my-sort-key --text "my string3" -c $causality
+
+cargo run --features=cli -- read-range my-partition-key --all
+```
+
+## Admin API
+
+*Coming soon*
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+++
+title = "Existing integrations"
+weight = 30
+sort_by = "weight"
+template = "documentation.html"
+++
+
+
+Garage implements the Amazon S3 protocol, which makes it compatible with many existing software programs.
+
+In particular, you will find here instructions to connect it with:
+
+  - [Applications](@/documentation/connect/apps/index.md)
+  - [Browsing tools](@/documentation/connect/cli.md)
+  - [FUSE](@/documentation/connect/fs.md)
+  - [Observability](@/documentation/connect/observability.md)
+  - [Software repositories](@/documentation/connect/repositories.md)
+  - [Website hosting](@/documentation/connect/websites.md)
+
+### Generic instructions
+
+To configure S3-compatible software to interact with Garage,
+you will need the following parameters:
+
+- An **API endpoint**: this corresponds to the HTTP or HTTPS address
+  used to contact the Garage server. When runing Garage locally this will usually
+  be `http://127.0.0.1:3900`. In a real-world setting, you would usually have a reverse-proxy
+  that adds TLS support and makes your Garage server available under a public hostname
+  such as `https://garage.example.com`.
+
+- An **API access key** and its associated **secret key**. These usually look something
+  like this: `GK3515373e4c851ebaad366558` (access key),
+  `7d37d093435a41f2aab8f13c19ba067d9776c90215f56614adad6ece597dbb34` (secret key).
+  These keys are created and managed using the `garage` CLI, as explained in the
+  [quick start](@/documentation/quick-start/_index.md) guide.
+
+Most S3 clients can be configured easily with these parameters,
+provided that you follow the following guidelines:
+
+- **Be careful to DNS-style/path-style access:** Garage supports both DNS-style buckets, which are now by default
+  on Amazon S3, and legacy path-style buckets. If you use a reverse proxy in front of Garage, 
+  make sure that you configured it to support the access-style required by the software you want to use.
+
+- **Configuring the S3 region:** Garage requires your client to talk to the correct "S3 region",
+  which is set in the configuration file. This is often set just to `garage`.
+  If this is not configured explicitly, clients usually try to talk to region `us-east-1`.
+  Garage should normally redirect your client to the correct region,
+  but in case your client does not support this you might have to configure it manually.
@@ -0,0 +1,665 @@
+++
+title = "Apps (Nextcloud, Peertube...)"
+weight = 5
+++
+
+In this section, we cover the following web applications:
+
+| Name | Status | Note |
+|------|--------|------|
+| [Nextcloud](#nextcloud)     | ✅       |  Both Primary Storage and External Storage are supported    |
+| [Peertube](#peertube)     | ✅       | Supported with the website endpoint, proxifying private videos unsupported     |
+| [Mastodon](#mastodon)     | ✅       | Natively supported    |
+| [Matrix](#matrix)     | ✅       |  Tested with `synapse-s3-storage-provider`    |
+| [ejabberd](#ejabberd)     | ✅       |  `mod_s3_upload`    |
+| [Pixelfed](#pixelfed)     | ❓       |  Not yet tested    |
+| [Pleroma](#pleroma)     | ❓       |  Not yet tested    |
+| [Lemmy](#lemmy)     | ✅        |  Supported with pict-rs    |
+| [Funkwhale](#funkwhale)     | ❓       | Not yet tested     |
+| [Misskey](#misskey)     | ❓       | Not yet tested     |
+| [Prismo](#prismo)     | ❓       | Not yet tested     |
+| [Owncloud OCIS](#owncloud-infinite-scale-ocis) |  ❓| Not yet tested |
+
+## Nextcloud
+
+Nextcloud is a popular file synchronisation and backup service.
+By default, Nextcloud stores its data on the local filesystem.
+If you want to expand your storage to aggregate multiple servers, Garage is the way to go.
+
+A S3 backend can be configured in two ways on Nextcloud, either as Primary Storage or as an External Storage.
+Primary storage will store all your data on S3, in an opaque manner, and will provide the best performances.
+External storage enable you to select which data will be stored on S3, your file hierarchy will be preserved in S3, but it might be slower.
+
+In the following, we cover both methods but before reading our guide, we suppose you have done some preliminary steps.
+First, we expect you have an already installed and configured Nextcloud instance.
+Second, we suppose you have created a key and a bucket.
+
+As a reminder, you can create a key for your nextcloud instance as follow:
+
+```bash
+garage key create nextcloud-key
+```
+
+Keep the Key ID and the Secret key in a pad, they will be needed later.  
+Then you can create a bucket and give read/write rights to your key on this bucket with:
+
+```bash
+garage bucket create nextcloud
+garage bucket allow nextcloud --read --write --key nextcloud-key
+```
+
+
+### Primary Storage
+
+Now edit your Nextcloud configuration file to enable object storage.
+On my installation, the config. file is located at the following path: `/var/www/nextcloud/config/config.php`.  
+We will add a new root key to the `$CONFIG` dictionnary named `objectstore`:
+
+```php
+<?php
+$CONFIG = array(
+/* your existing configuration */
+'objectstore' => [
+    'class' => '\\OC\\Files\\ObjectStore\\S3',
+    'arguments' => [
+        'bucket' => 'nextcloud',   // Your bucket name, must be created before
+        'autocreate' => false,     // Garage does not support autocreate
+        'key'    => 'xxxxxxxxx',   // The Key ID generated previously
+        'secret' => 'xxxxxxxxx',   // The Secret key generated previously
+        'hostname' => '127.0.0.1', // Can also be a domain name, eg. garage.example.com
+        'port' => 3900,            // Put your reverse proxy port or your S3 API port
+        'use_ssl' => false,        // Set it to true if you have a TLS enabled reverse proxy
+        'region' => 'garage',      // Garage has only one region named "garage"
+        'use_path_style' => true   // Garage supports only path style, must be set to true
+    ],
+],
+```
+
+That's all, your Nextcloud will store all your data to S3.
+To test your new configuration, just reload your Nextcloud webpage and start sending data.
+
+*External link:* [Nextcloud Documentation > Primary Storage](https://docs.nextcloud.com/server/latest/admin_manual/configuration_files/primary_storage.html)
+
+#### SSE-C encryption (since Garage v1.0)
+
+Since version 1.0, Garage supports server-side encryption with customer keys
+(SSE-C).  In this mode, Garage is responsible for encrypting and decrypting
+objects, but it does not store the encryption key itself. The encryption key
+should be provided by Nextcloud upon each request.  This mode of operation is
+supported by Nextcloud and it has successfully been tested together with
+Garage.
+
+To enable SSE-C encryption:
+
+1. Make sure your Garage server is accessible via SSL through a reverse proxy
+   such as Nginx, and that it is using a valid public certificate (Nextcloud
+   might be able to connect to an S3 server that is using a self-signed
+   certificate, but you will lose many hours while trying, so don't).
+   Configure values for `use_ssl` and `port` accordingly in your `config.php`
+   file.
+
+2. Generate an encryption key using the following command:
+
+    ```
+    openssl rand -base64 32
+    ```
+
+    Make sure to keep this key **secret**!
+
+3. Add the encryption key in your `config.php` file as follows:
+
+
+    ```php
+    <?php
+    $CONFIG = array(
+    'objectstore' => [
+        'class' => '\\OC\\Files\\ObjectStore\\S3',
+        'arguments' => [
+            ...
+            'sse_c_key' => 'exampleencryptionkeyLbU+5fKYQcVoqnn+RaIOXgo=',
+            ...
+        ],
+    ],
+    ```
+
+Nextcloud will now make Garage encrypt files at rest in the storage bucket.
+These files will not be readable by an S3 client that has credentials to the
+bucket but doesn't also know the secret encryption key.
+
+
+### External Storage
+
+**From the GUI.** Activate the "External storage support" app from the "Applications" page (click on your account icon on the top right corner of your screen to display the menu). Go to your parameters page (also located below your account icon). Click on external storage (or the corresponding translation in your language).
+
+[![Screenshot of the External Storage form](cli-nextcloud-gui.png)](cli-nextcloud-gui.png)
+*Click on the picture to zoom*
+
+Add a new external storage. Put what you want in "folder name" (eg. "shared"). Select "Amazon S3". Keep "Access Key" for the Authentication field.
+In Configuration, put your bucket name (eg. nextcloud), the host (eg. 127.0.0.1), the port (eg. 3900 or 443), the region (garage). Tick the SSL box if you have put an HTTPS proxy in front of garage. You must tick the "Path access" box and you must leave the "Legacy authentication (v2)" box empty. Put your Key ID (eg. GK...) and your Secret Key in the last two input boxes. Finally click on the tick symbol on the right of your screen.
+
+Now go to your "Files" app and a new "linked folder" has appeared with the name you chose earlier (eg. "shared").
+
+*External link:* [Nextcloud Documentation > External Storage Configuration GUI](https://docs.nextcloud.com/server/latest/admin_manual/configuration_files/external_storage_configuration_gui.html)
+
+**From the CLI.** First install the external storage application:
+
+```bash
+php occ app:install files_external
+```
+
+Then add a new mount point with:
+
+```bash
+ php occ files_external:create \
+  -c bucket=nextcloud \
+  -c hostname=127.0.0.1 \
+  -c port=3900 \
+  -c region=garage \
+  -c use_ssl=false \
+  -c use_path_style=true \
+  -c legacy_auth=false \
+  -c key=GKxxxx \
+  -c secret=xxxx \
+  shared amazons3 amazons3::accesskey
+```
+
+Adapt the `hostname`, `port`, `use_ssl`, `key`, and `secret` entries to your configuration.
+Do not change the `use_path_style` and `legacy_auth` entries, other configurations are not supported.
+
+*External link:* [Nextcloud Documentation > occ command > files external](https://docs.nextcloud.com/server/latest/admin_manual/configuration_server/occ_command.html#files-external-label)
+
+
+## Peertube
+
+Peertube proposes a clever integration of S3 by directly exposing its endpoint instead of proxifying requests through the application.
+In other words, Peertube is only responsible of the "control plane" and offload the "data plane" to Garage.
+In return, this system is a bit harder to configure.
+We show how it is still possible to configure Garage with Peertube, allowing you to spread the load and the bandwidth usage on the Garage cluster.
+
+Starting from version 5.0, Peertube also supports improving the security for private videos by not exposing them directly
+but relying on a single control point in the Peertube instance. This is based on S3 per-object and prefix ACL, which are not currently supported
+in Garage, so this feature is unsupported. While this technically impedes security for private videos, it is not a blocking issue and could be
+a reasonable trade-off for some instances.
+
+### Create resources in Garage
+
+Create a key for Peertube:
+
+```bash
+garage key create peertube-key
+```
+
+Keep the Key ID and the Secret key in a pad, they will be needed later.  
+
+We need two buckets, one for normal videos (named peertube-video) and one for webtorrent videos (named peertube-playlist).
+```bash
+garage bucket create peertube-videos
+garage bucket create peertube-playlist
+```
+
+Now we allow our key to read and write on these buckets:
+
+```
+garage bucket allow peertube-playlists --read --write --owner --key peertube-key
+garage bucket allow peertube-videos --read --write --owner --key peertube-key
+```
+
+We also need to expose these buckets publicly to serve their content to users:
+
+```bash
+garage bucket website --allow peertube-playlists
+garage bucket website --allow peertube-videos
+```
+
+Finally, we must allow Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS). 
+CORS are required by your browser to allow requests triggered from the peertube website (eg. peertube.tld) to your bucket's domain (eg. peertube-videos.web.garage.tld)
+
+```bash
+export CORS='{"CORSRules":[{"AllowedHeaders":["*"],"AllowedMethods":["GET"],"AllowedOrigins":["*"]}]}'
+aws --endpoint http://s3.garage.localhost s3api put-bucket-cors --bucket peertube-playlists --cors-configuration $CORS
+aws --endpoint http://s3.garage.localhost s3api put-bucket-cors --bucket peertube-videos --cors-configuration $CORS
+```
+
+These buckets are now accessible on the web port (by default 3902) with the following URL: `http://<bucket><root_domain>:<web_port>` where the root domain is defined in your configuration file (by default `.web.garage`). So we have currently the following URLs: 
+  * http://peertube-playlists.web.garage:3902
+  * http://peertube-videos.web.garage:3902
+
+Make sure you (will) have a corresponding DNS entry for them.
+
+
+### Configure Peertube
+
+You must edit the file named `config/production.yaml`, we are only modifying the root key named `object_storage`:
+
+```yaml
+object_storage:
+  enabled: true
+
+  # Put localhost only if you have a garage instance running on that node
+  endpoint: 'http://localhost:3900' # or "garage.example.com" if you have TLS on port 443
+
+  # Garage supports only one region for now, named garage
+  region: 'garage'
+
+  credentials:
+    access_key_id: 'GKxxxx'
+    secret_access_key: 'xxxx'
+
+  max_upload_part: 2GB
+
+  proxy:
+    # You may enable this feature, yet it will not provide any security benefit, so
+    # you should rather benefit from Garage public endpoint for all videos
+    proxify_private_files: false
+
+  streaming_playlists:
+    bucket_name: 'peertube-playlist'
+
+    # Keep it empty for our example
+    prefix: ''
+
+    # You must fill this field to make Peertube use our reverse proxy/website logic
+    base_url: 'http://peertube-playlists.web.garage.localhost' # Example: 'https://mirror.example.com'
+
+  # Same settings but for webtorrent videos
+  videos:
+    bucket_name: 'peertube-videos'
+    prefix: ''
+    # You must fill this field to make Peertube use our reverse proxy/website logic
+    base_url: 'http://peertube-videos.web.garage.localhost'
+```
+
+### That's all
+
+Everything must be configured now, simply restart Peertube and try to upload a video.
+
+Peertube will start by serving the video from its own domain while it is encoding.
+Once the encoding is done, the video is uploaded to Garage.
+You can now reload the page and see in your browser console that data are fetched directly from your bucket.
+
+*External link:* [Peertube Documentation > Remote Storage](https://docs.joinpeertube.org/admin-remote-storage)
+
+## Mastodon
+
+Mastodon natively supports the S3 protocol to store media files, and it works out-of-the-box with Garage.
+You will need to expose your Garage bucket as a website: that way, media files will be served directly from Garage.
+
+### Performance considerations
+
+Mastodon tends to store many small objects over time: expect hundreds of thousands of objects,
+with average object size ranging from 50 KB to 150 KB.
+
+As such, your Garage cluster should be configured appropriately for good performance:
+
+- use Garage v0.8.0 or higher with the [LMDB database engine](@documentation/reference-manual/configuration.md#db-engine-since-v0-8-0).
+  Older versions of Garage used the Sled database engine which had issues, such as databases quickly ending up taking tens of GB of disk space.
+- the Garage database should be stored on a SSD
+
+### Creating your bucket
+
+This is the usual Garage setup:
+
+```bash
+garage key create mastodon-key
+garage bucket create mastodon-data
+garage bucket allow mastodon-data --read --write --key mastodon-key
+```
+
+Note the Key ID and Secret Key.
+
+### Exposing your bucket as a website
+
+Create a DNS name to serve your media files, such as `my-social-media.mydomain.tld`.
+This name will be publicly exposed to the users of your Mastodon instance: they
+will load images directly from this DNS name.
+
+As [documented here](@/documentation/cookbook/exposing-websites.md),
+add this DNS name as alias to your bucket, and expose it as a website:
+
+```bash
+garage bucket alias mastodon-data my-social-media.mydomain.tld
+garage bucket website --allow mastodon-data
+```
+
+Then you will likely need to [setup a reverse proxy](@/documentation/cookbook/reverse-proxy.md)
+in front of it to serve your media files over HTTPS.
+
+### Cleaning up old media files before migration
+
+Mastodon instance quickly accumulate a lot of media files from the federation.
+Most of them are not strictly necessary because they can be fetched again from
+other servers.  As such, it is highly recommended to clean them up before
+migration, this will greatly reduce the migration time.
+
+From the [official Mastodon documentation](https://docs.joinmastodon.org/admin/tootctl/#media):
+
+```bash
+$ RAILS_ENV=production bin/tootctl media remove --days 3
+$ RAILS_ENV=production bin/tootctl media remove --days 15 --prune-profiles
+$ RAILS_ENV=production bin/tootctl media remove-orphans
+$ RAILS_ENV=production bin/tootctl preview_cards remove --days 15
+```
+
+Here is a typical disk usage for a small but multi-year instance after cleanup:
+
+```bash
+$ RAILS_ENV=production bin/tootctl media usage
+Attachments:	5.67 GB (1.14 GB local)
+Custom emoji:	295 MB (0 Bytes local)
+Preview cards:	154 MB
+Avatars:	3.77 GB (127 KB local)
+Headers:	8.72 GB (242 KB local)
+Backups:	0 Bytes
+Imports:	1.7 KB
+Settings:	0 Bytes
+```
+
+### Migrating your data
+
+Data migration should be done with an efficient S3 client.
+The [minio client](@documentation/connect/cli.md#minio-client) is a good choice
+thanks to its mirror mode:
+
+```bash
+mc mirror ./public/system/ garage/mastodon-data
+```
+
+Here is a typical bucket usage after all data has been migrated:
+
+```bash
+$ garage bucket info mastodon-data
+
+Size: 20.3 GiB (21.8 GB)
+Objects: 175968
+```
+
+### Configuring Mastodon
+
+In your `.env.production` configuration file:
+
+```bash
+S3_ENABLED=true
+# Internal access to Garage
+S3_ENDPOINT=http://my-garage-instance.mydomain.tld:3900
+S3_REGION=garage
+S3_BUCKET=mastodon-data
+# Change this (Key ID and Secret Key of your Garage key)
+AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=GKe88df__CHANGETHIS__c5145
+AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=a2f7__CHANGETHIS__77fcfcf7a58f47a4aa4431f2e675c56da37821a1070000
+# What name gets exposed to users (HTTPS is implicit)
+S3_ALIAS_HOST=my-social-media.mydomain.tld
+```
+
+For more details, see the [reference Mastodon documentation](https://docs.joinmastodon.org/admin/config/#cdn).
+
+Restart all Mastodon services and everything should now be using Garage!
+You can check the URLs of images in the Mastodon web client, they should start
+with `https://my-social-media.mydomain.tld`.
+
+### Last migration sync
+
+After Mastodon is successfully using Garage, you can run a last sync from the local filesystem to Garage:
+
+```bash
+mc mirror --newer-than "3h" ./public/system/ garage/mastodon-data
+```
+
+### References
+
+[cybrespace's guide to migrate to S3](https://github.com/cybrespace/cybrespace-meta/blob/master/s3.md)
+(the guide is for Amazon S3, so the configuration is a bit different, but the rest is similar)
+
+
+## Matrix
+
+Matrix is a chat communication protocol. Its main stable server implementation, [Synapse](https://matrix-org.github.io/synapse/latest/), provides a module to store media on a S3 backend. Additionally, a server independent media store supporting S3 has been developped by the community, it has been made possible thanks to how the matrix API has been designed and will work with implementations like Conduit, Dendrite, etc.
+
+### synapse-s3-storage-provider (synapse only)
+
+Supposing you have a working synapse installation, you can add the module with pip:
+
+```bash
+ pip3 install --user git+https://github.com/matrix-org/synapse-s3-storage-provider.git
+```
+
+Now create a bucket and a key for your matrix instance (note your Key ID and Secret Key somewhere, they will be needed later):
+
+```bash
+garage key create matrix-key
+garage bucket create matrix
+garage bucket allow matrix --read --write --key matrix-key
+```
+
+Then you must edit your server configuration (eg. `/etc/matrix-synapse/homeserver.yaml`) and add the `media_storage_providers` root key:
+
+```yaml
+media_storage_providers:
+- module: s3_storage_provider.S3StorageProviderBackend
+  store_local: True    # do we want to store on S3 media created by our users?
+  store_remote: True   # do we want to store on S3 media created
+                       # by users of others servers federated to ours?
+  store_synchronous: True  # do we want to wait that the file has been written before returning?
+  config:
+    bucket: matrix       # the name of our bucket, we chose matrix earlier
+    region_name: garage  # only "garage" is supported for the region field
+    endpoint_url: http://localhost:3900 # the path to the S3 endpoint
+    access_key_id: "GKxxx" # your Key ID
+    secret_access_key: "xxxx" # your Secret Key
+```
+
+Note that uploaded media will also be stored locally and this behavior can not be deactivated, it is even required for
+some operations like resizing images.
+In fact, your local filesysem is considered as a cache but without any automated way to garbage collect it.
+
+We can build our garbage collector with `s3_media_upload`, a tool provided with the module.
+If you installed the module with the command provided before, you should be able to bring it in your path:
+
+```
+PATH=$HOME/.local/bin/:$PATH
+command -v s3_media_upload
+```
+
+Now we can write a simple script (eg `~/.local/bin/matrix-cache-gc`):
+
+```bash
+#!/bin/bash
+
+## CONFIGURATION ##
+AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=GKxxx
+AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=xxxx
+AWS_ENDPOINT_URL=http://localhost:3900
+S3_BUCKET=matrix
+MEDIA_STORE=/var/lib/matrix-synapse/media
+PG_USER=matrix
+PG_PASS=xxxx
+PG_DB=synapse
+PG_HOST=localhost
+PG_PORT=5432
+
+## CODE ##
+PATH=$HOME/.local/bin/:$PATH
+cat > database.yaml <<EOF 
+user: $PG_USER
+password: $PG_PASS
+database: $PG_DB
+host: $PG_HOST
+port: $PG_PORT
+EOF
+
+s3_media_upload update-db 1d
+s3_media_upload --no-progress check-deleted $MEDIA_STORE
+s3_media_upload --no-progress upload $MEDIA_STORE $S3_BUCKET --delete --endpoint-url $AWS_ENDPOINT_URL
+```
+
+This script will list all the medias that were not accessed in the 24 hours according to your database.
+It will check if, in this list, the file still exists in the local media store.
+For files that are still in the cache, it will upload them to S3 if they are not already present (in case of a crash or an initial synchronisation).
+Finally, the script will delete these files from the cache.
+
+Make this script executable and check that it works:
+
+```bash
+chmod +x $HOME/.local/bin/matrix-cache-gc
+matrix-cache-gc
+```
+
+Add it to your crontab. Open the editor with:
+
+```bash
+crontab -e
+```
+
+And add a new line. For example, to run it every 10 minutes:
+
+```cron
+*/10 * * * * $HOME/.local/bin/matrix-cache-gc
+```
+
+*External link:* [Github > matrix-org/synapse-s3-storage-provider](https://github.com/matrix-org/synapse-s3-storage-provider)
+
+### matrix-media-repo (server independent)
+
+*External link:* [matrix-media-repo Documentation > S3](https://docs.t2bot.io/matrix-media-repo/configuration/s3-datastore.html)
+
+## ejabberd
+
+ejabberd is an XMPP server implementation which, with the `mod_s3_upload`
+module in the [ejabberd-contrib](https://github.com/processone/ejabberd-contrib)
+repository, can be integrated to store chat media files in Garage.
+
+For uploads, this module leverages presigned URLs - this allows XMPP clients to
+directly send media to Garage. Receiving clients then retrieve this media
+through the [static website](@/documentation/cookbook/exposing-websites.md)
+functionality.
+
+As the data itself is publicly accessible to someone with knowledge of the
+object URL - users are recommended to use
+[E2EE](@/documentation/cookbook/encryption.md) to protect this data-at-rest
+from unauthorized access.
+
+Install the module with:
+
+```bash
+ejabberdctl module_install mod_s3_upload
+```
+
+Create the required key and bucket with:
+
+```bash
+garage key new --name ejabberd
+garage bucket create objects.xmpp-server.fr
+garage bucket allow objects.xmpp-server.fr --read --write --key ejabberd
+garage bucket website --allow objects.xmpp-server.fr
+```
+
+The module can then be configured with:
+
+```
+  mod_s3_upload:
+    #bucket_url: https://objects.xmpp-server.fr.my-garage-instance.mydomain.tld
+    bucket_url: https://my-garage-instance.mydomain.tld/objects.xmpp-server.fr
+    access_key_id: GK...
+    access_key_secret: ...
+    region: garage
+    download_url: https://objects.xmpp-server.fr
+```
+
+Other configuration options can be found in the
+[configuration YAML file](https://github.com/processone/ejabberd-contrib/blob/master/mod_s3_upload/conf/mod_s3_upload.yml).
+
+## Pixelfed
+
+[Pixelfed Technical Documentation > Configuration](https://docs.pixelfed.org/technical-documentation/env.html#filesystem)
+
+## Pleroma
+
+[Pleroma Documentation > Pleroma.Uploaders.S3](https://docs-develop.pleroma.social/backend/configuration/cheatsheet/#pleromauploaderss3)
+
+## Lemmy
+
+Lemmy uses pict-rs that [supports S3 backends](https://git.asonix.dog/asonix/pict-rs/commit/f9f4fc63d670f357c93f24147c2ee3e1278e2d97).
+This feature requires `pict-rs >= 4.0.0`.
+
+### Creating your bucket
+
+This is the usual Garage setup:
+
+```bash
+garage key new --name pictrs-key
+garage bucket create pictrs-data
+garage bucket allow pictrs-data --read --write --key pictrs-key
+```
+
+Note the Key ID and Secret Key.
+
+### Migrating your data
+
+If your pict-rs instance holds existing data, you first need to migrate to the S3 bucket.
+
+Stop pict-rs, then run the migration utility from local filesystem to the bucket:
+
+```
+pict-rs \
+  filesystem -p /path/to/existing/files \
+  object-store \
+   -e my-garage-instance.mydomain.tld:3900 \
+   -b pictrs-data \
+   -r garage \
+   -a GK... \
+   -s abcdef0123456789...
+```
+
+This is pretty slow, so hold on while migrating.
+
+### Running pict-rs with an S3 backend
+
+Pict-rs supports both a configuration file and environment variables.
+
+Either set the following section in your `pict-rs.toml`:
+
+```
+[store]
+type = 'object_storage'
+endpoint = 'http://my-garage-instance.mydomain.tld:3900'
+bucket_name = 'pictrs-data'
+region = 'garage'
+access_key = 'GK...'
+secret_key = 'abcdef0123456789...'
+```
+
+... or set these environment variables:
+
+
+```
+PICTRS__STORE__TYPE=object_storage
+PICTRS__STORE__ENDPOINT=http://my-garage-instance.mydomain.tld:3900
+PICTRS__STORE__BUCKET_NAME=pictrs-data
+PICTRS__STORE__REGION=garage
+PICTRS__STORE__ACCESS_KEY=GK...
+PICTRS__STORE__SECRET_KEY=abcdef0123456789...
+```
+
+
+## Funkwhale
+
+[Funkwhale Documentation > S3 Storage](https://docs.funkwhale.audio/admin/configuration.html#s3-storage)
+
+## Misskey
+
+[Misskey Github > commit 9d94424](https://github.com/misskey-dev/misskey/commit/9d944243a3a59e8880a360cbfe30fd5a3ec8d52d)
+
+## Prismo
+
+[Prismo Gitlab > .env.production.sample](https://gitlab.com/prismosuite/prismo/-/blob/dev/.env.production.sample#L26-33)
+
+## Owncloud Infinite Scale (ocis)
+
+OCIS could be compatible with S3:
+  - [Deploying OCIS with S3](https://owncloud.dev/ocis/deployment/ocis_s3/)
+  - [OCIS 1.7 release note](https://central.owncloud.org/t/owncloud-infinite-scale-tech-preview-1-7-enables-s3-storage/32514/3)
+
+## Unsupported
+
+  - Mobilizon: No S3 integration
+  - WriteFreely: No S3 integration
+  - Plume: No S3 integration
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+++
+title = "Backups (restic, duplicity...)"
+weight = 25
+++
+
+
+Backups are essential for disaster recovery but they are not trivial to manage.
+Using Garage as your backup target will enable you to scale your storage as needed while ensuring high availability.
+
+## Borg Backup
+
+Borg Backup is very popular among the backup tools but it is not yet compatible with the S3 API.
+We recommend using any other tool listed in this guide because they are all compatible with the S3 API.
+If you still want to use Borg, you can use it with `rclone mount`.
+
+## git-annex
+
+[git-annex](https://git-annex.branchable.com/) supports synchronizing files
+with its [S3 special remote](https://git-annex.branchable.com/special_remotes/S3/).
+
+Note that `git-annex` requires to be compiled with Haskell package version
+`aws-0.24` to work with Garage.
+
+```bash
+garage key new --name my-key
+garage bucket create my-git-annex
+garage bucket allow my-git-annex --read --write --key my-key
+```
+
+Register your Key ID and Secret key in your environment:
+
+```bash
+export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=GKxxx
+export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=xxxx
+```
+
+Within a git-annex enabled repository, configure your Garage S3 endpoint with
+the following command:
+
+```bash
+git annex initremote garage type=S3 encryption=none host=my-garage-instance.mydomain.tld protocol=https bucket=my-git-annex requeststyle=path region=garage signature=v4
+```
+
+Files can now be synchronized using the usual `git-annex` `copy` or `get`
+commands.
+
+Note that for simplicity - this example does not enable encryption for the files
+sent to Garage - please refer to the
+[git-annex encryption page](https://git-annex.branchable.com/encryption/) for
+how to configure this.
+
+## Restic
+
+Create your key and bucket:
+
+```bash
+garage key create my-key
+garage bucket create backups
+garage bucket allow backups --read --write --key my-key
+```
+
+Then register your Key ID and Secret key in your environment:
+
+```bash
+export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=GKxxx
+export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=xxxx
+```
+
+Configure restic from environment too:
+
+```bash
+export RESTIC_REPOSITORY="s3:http://localhost:3900/backups"
+
+echo "Generated password (save it safely): $(openssl rand -base64 32)"
+export RESTIC_PASSWORD=xxx # copy paste your generated password here
+```
+
+Do not forget to save your password safely (in your password manager or print it). It will be needed to decrypt your backups.
+
+Now you can use restic:
+
+```bash
+# Initialize the bucket, must be run once
+restic init
+
+# Backup your PostgreSQL database
+# (We suppose your PostgreSQL daemon is stopped for all commands)
+restic backup /var/lib/postgresql
+
+# Show backup history
+restic snapshots
+
+# Backup again your PostgreSQL database, it will be faster as only changes will be uploaded
+restic backup /var/lib/postgresql
+
+# Show backup history (again)
+restic snapshots
+
+# Restore a backup
+# (79766175 is the ID of the snapshot you want to restore)
+mv /var/lib/postgresql /var/lib/postgresql.broken
+restic restore 79766175 --target /var/lib/postgresql
+```
+
+Restic has way more features than the ones presented here.
+You can discover all of them by accessing its documentation from the link below.
+
+Files on Android devices can also be backed up with [restic-android](https://github.com/lhns/restic-android).
+
+*External links:* [Restic Documentation > Amazon S3](https://restic.readthedocs.io/en/stable/030_preparing_a_new_repo.html#amazon-s3)
+
+## Duplicity
+
+*External links:* [Duplicity > man](https://duplicity.gitlab.io/duplicity-web/vers8/duplicity.1.html) (scroll to "URL Format" and "A note on Amazon S3")
+
+## Duplicati
+
+*External links:* [Duplicati Documentation > Storage Providers](https://duplicati.readthedocs.io/en/latest/05-storage-providers/#s3-compatible)
+
+The following fields need to be specified:
+```
+Storage Type: S3 Compatible
+Use SSL: [ ] # Only if you have SSL
+Server: Custom server url (s3.garage.localhost:3900)
+Bucket name: bucket-name
+Bucket create region: Custom region value (garage) # Or as you've specified in garage.toml
+AWS Access ID: Key ID from "garage key info key-name"
+AWS Access Key: Secret key from "garage key info key-name"
+Client Library to use: Minio SDK
+```
+
+Click `Test connection` and then no when asked `The bucket name should start with your username, prepend automatically?`. Then it should say `Connection worked!`.
+
+
+## knoxite
+
+*External links:* [Knoxite Documentation > Storage Backends](https://knoxite.com/docs/storage-backends/#amazon-s3)
+
+## kopia
+
+*External links:* [Kopia Documentation > Repositories](https://kopia.io/docs/repositories/#amazon-s3)
+
+To create the Kopia repository, you need to specify the region, the HTTP(S) endpoint, the bucket name and the access keys.
+For instance, if you have an instance of garage running on `https://garage.example.com`:
+
+```
+kopia repository create s3 --region=garage --bucket=mybackups --access-key=KEY_ID --secret-access-key=SECRET_KEY --endpoint=garage.example.com
+```
+
+Or if you have an instance running on localhost, without TLS:
+
+```
+kopia repository create s3 --region=garage --bucket=mybackups --access-key=KEY_ID --secret-access-key=SECRET_KEY --endpoint=localhost:3900 --disable-tls
+```
+
+After the repository has been created, check that everything works as expected:
+
+```
+kopia repository validate-provider
+```
+
+You can then run all the standard kopia commands: `kopia snapshot create`, `kopia mount`...
+Everything should work out-of-the-box.
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+++
+title = "Browsing tools"
+weight = 20
+++
+
+Browsing tools allow you to query the S3 API without too many abstractions.
+These tools are particularly suitable for debug, backups, website deployments or any scripted task that need to handle data.
+
+| Name | Status | Note |
+|------|--------|------|
+| [Minio client](#minio-client)     | ✅       |  Recommended  |
+| [AWS CLI](#aws-cli)     | ✅       | Recommended   |
+| [rclone](#rclone)     | ✅       |    |
+| [s3cmd](#s3cmd)     | ✅       |    |
+| [s5cmd](#s5cmd)     | ✅       |    |
+| [(Cyber)duck](#cyberduck)     | ✅       |    |
+| [WinSCP (libs3)](#winscp)     | ✅       | CLI instructions only   |
+| [sftpgo](#sftpgo)     | ✅       |    |
+
+
+## Minio client
+
+Use the following command to set an "alias", i.e. define a new S3 server to be
+used by the Minio client:
+
+```bash
+mc alias set \
+  garage \
+  <endpoint> \
+  <access key> \
+  <secret key> \
+  --api S3v4
+```
+
+Remember that `mc` is sometimes called `mcli` (such as on Arch Linux), to avoid conflicts
+with Midnight Commander.
+
+Some commands:
+
+```bash
+# list buckets
+mc ls garage/
+
+# list objets in a bucket
+mc ls garage/my_files
+
+# copy from your filesystem to garage
+mc cp /proc/cpuinfo garage/my_files/cpuinfo.txt
+
+# copy from garage to your filesystem
+mc cp garage/my_files/cpuinfo.txt /tmp/cpuinfo.txt
+
+# mirror a folder from your filesystem to garage
+mc mirror --overwrite ./book garage/garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr
+```
+
+
+## AWS CLI
+
+Create a file named `~/.aws/credentials` and put:
+
+```toml
+[default]
+aws_access_key_id=xxxx
+aws_secret_access_key=xxxx
+```
+
+Then a file named `~/.aws/config` and put:
+
+```toml
+[default]
+region=garage
+endpoint_url=http://127.0.0.1:3900
+```
+
+Now, supposing Garage is listening on `http://127.0.0.1:3900`, you can list your buckets with:
+
+```bash
+aws s3 ls
+```
+
+If you're using awscli `<1.29.0` or `<2.13.0`, you need to pass `--endpoint-url` to each CLI invocation explicitly.
+As a workaround, you can redefine the aws command by editing the file `~/.bashrc` in this case:
+
+```
+function aws { command aws --endpoint-url http://127.0.0.1:3900 $@ ; }
+```
+
+*Do not forget to run `source ~/.bashrc` or to start a new terminal before running the next commands.*
+
+Now you can simply run:
+
+```bash
+# list buckets
+aws s3 ls
+
+# list objects of a bucket
+aws s3 ls s3://my_files
+
+# copy from your filesystem to garage
+aws s3 cp /proc/cpuinfo s3://my_files/cpuinfo.txt
+
+# copy from garage to your filesystem
+aws s3 cp s3/my_files/cpuinfo.txt /tmp/cpuinfo.txt
+```
+
+## `rclone`
+
+`rclone` can be configured using the interactive assistant invoked using `rclone config`.
+
+You can also configure `rclone` by writing directly its configuration file.
+Here is a template `rclone.ini` configuration file (mine is located at `~/.config/rclone/rclone.conf`):
+
+```ini
+[garage]
+type = s3
+provider = Other
+env_auth = false
+access_key_id = <access key>
+secret_access_key = <secret key>
+region = <region>
+endpoint = <endpoint>
+force_path_style = true
+acl = private
+bucket_acl = private
+```
+
+Now you can run:
+
+```bash
+# list buckets
+rclone lsd garage:
+
+# list objects of a bucket aggregated in directories
+rclone lsd garage:my-bucket
+
+# copy from your filesystem to garage
+echo hello world > /tmp/hello.txt
+rclone copy /tmp/hello.txt garage:my-bucket/
+
+# copy from garage to your filesystem
+rclone copy garage:quentin.divers/hello.txt .
+
+# see all available subcommands
+rclone help
+```
+
+**Advice with rclone:** use the `--fast-list` option when accessing buckets with large amounts of objects.
+This will tremendously accelerate operations such as `rclone sync` or `rclone ncdu` by reducing the number
+of ListObjects calls that are made.
+
+
+## `s3cmd`
+
+Here is a template for the `s3cmd.cfg` file to talk with Garage:
+
+```ini
+[default]
+access_key = <access key>
+secret_key = <secret key>
+host_base = <endpoint without http(s)://>
+host_bucket = <same as host_base>
+use_https = <False or True>
+```
+
+And use it as follow:
+
+```bash
+# List buckets
+s3cmd ls
+
+# s3cmd objects inside a bucket
+s3cmd ls s3://my-bucket
+
+# copy from your filesystem to garage
+echo hello world > /tmp/hello.txt
+s3cmd put /tmp/hello.txt s3://my-bucket/
+
+# copy from garage to your filesystem
+s3cmd get s3://my-bucket/hello.txt hello.txt
+```
+
+## `s5cmd`
+
+Configure a credentials file as follows:
+
+```bash
+export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=GK...
+export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=
+export AWS_DEFAULT_REGION='garage'
+export AWS_ENDPOINT='http://localhost:3900'
+```
+
+After adding these environment variables in your shell, `s5cmd` can be used
+with:
+
+```bash
+s5cmd --endpoint-url=$AWS_ENDPOINT ls
+```
+
+See its usage output for other commands available.
+
+## Cyberduck & duck {#cyberduck}
+
+Both Cyberduck (the GUI) and duck (the CLI) have a concept of "Connection Profiles" that contain some presets for a specific provider.
+
+Within Cyberduck, a
+[Garage connection profile](https://docs.cyberduck.io/protocols/s3/garage/) is
+available within the `Preferences -> Profiles` section. This can enabled and
+then connections to Garage may be configured.
+
+### Instuctions for the CLI
+
+To configure duck (Cyberduck's CLI tool), start by creating its folder hierarchy:
+
+```
+mkdir -p ~/.duck/profiles/
+```
+
+Then, save the connection profile for Garage in `~/.duck/profiles/garage.cyberduckprofile`.
+To set your credentials in `~/.duck/credentials`, use the following commands to generate the appropriate string:
+
+```bash
+export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID="GK..."
+export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY="..."
+export HOST="s3.garage.localhost"
+export PORT="4443"
+export PROTOCOL="https"
+
+cat > ~/.duck/credentials <<EOF
+$PROTOCOL\://$AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID@$HOST\:$PORT=$AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
+EOF
+```
+
+And finally, I recommend appending a small wrapper to your `~/.bashrc` to avoid setting the username on each command (do not forget to replace `GK...` by your access key):
+
+```bash
+function duck { command duck --username GK... $@ ; }
+```
+
+Finally, you can then use `duck` as follow:
+
+```bash
+# List buckets
+duck --list garage:/
+
+# List objects in a bucket
+duck --list garage:/my-files/
+
+# Download an object
+duck --download garage:/my-files/an-object.txt /tmp/object.txt
+
+# Upload an object
+duck --upload /tmp/object.txt garage:/my-files/another-object.txt
+
+# Delete an object
+duck --delete garage:/my-files/an-object.txt
+```
+
+## WinSCP (libs3) {#winscp}
+
+*You can find instructions on how to use the GUI in french [in our wiki](https://guide.deuxfleurs.fr/prise_en_main/winscp/).*
+
+How to use `winscp.com`, the CLI interface of WinSCP:
+
+```
+open s3://GKxxxxx:yyyyyyy@127.0.0.1:4443 -certificate=* -rawsettings S3DefaultRegion=garage S3UrlStyle=1
+ls
+ls my-files/
+get my-files/an-object.txt Z:\tmp\object.txt
+put Z:\tmp\object.txt my-files/another-object.txt
+rm my-files/an-object
+exit
+```
+
+Notes:
+  - It seems WinSCP supports only TLS connections for S3
+  - `-certificate=*` allows self-signed certificates, remove it if you have valid certificates
+
+
+## sftpgo {#sftpgo}
+
+sftpgo needs a database to work, by default it uses sqlite and does not require additional configuration.
+You can then directly init it:
+
+```
+sftpgo initprovider
+```
+
+Then you can directly launch the daemon that will listen by default on `:8080 (http)` and `:2022 (ssh)`:
+
+```
+sftpgo serve
+```
+
+Go to the admin web interface (http://[::1]:8080/web/admin/), create the required admin account, then create a user account.
+Choose a username (eg: `ada`) and a password.
+
+In the filesystem section, choose:
+  - Storage: AWS S3 (Compatible)
+  - Bucket: *your bucket name*
+  - Region: `garage` (or the one you defined in `config.toml`)
+  - Access key: *your access key*
+  - Access secret: *your secret key*
+  - Endpoint: *your endpoint*, eg. `https://garage.example.tld`, note that the protocol (`https` here) must be specified. Non standard ports and `http` have not been tested yet.
+  - Keep the default values for other fields
+  - Tick "Use path-style addressing". It should work without ticking it if you have correctly configured your instance to use URL vhost-style.
+
+Now you can access your bucket through SFTP:
+
+```
+sftp -P2022 ada@[::1]
+ls
+```
+
+And through the web interface at http://[::1]:8080/web/client
+
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+++
+title = "FUSE (s3fs, goofys, s3backer...)"
+weight = 25
+++
+
+**WARNING! Garage is not POSIX compatible.
+Mounting S3 buckets as filesystems will not provide POSIX compatibility.
+If you are not careful, you will lose or corrupt your data.**
+
+Do not use these FUSE filesystems to store any database files (eg. MySQL, Postgresql, Mongo or sqlite),
+any daemon cache (dovecot, openldap, gitea, etc.),
+and more generally any software that use locking, advanced filesystems features or make any synchronisation assumption.
+Ideally, avoid these solutions at all for any serious or production use.
+
+## rclone mount
+
+rclone uses the same configuration when used [in CLI](@/documentation/connect/cli.md) and mount mode.
+We suppose you have the following entry in your `rclone.ini` (mine is located in `~/.config/rclone/rclone.conf`):
+
+```toml
+[garage]
+type = s3
+provider = Other
+env_auth = false
+access_key_id = <access key>
+secret_access_key = <secret key>
+region = <region>
+endpoint = <endpoint>
+force_path_style = true
+acl = private
+bucket_acl = private
+```
+
+Then you can mount and access any bucket as follow:
+
+```bash
+# mount the bucket
+mkdir /tmp/my-bucket
+rclone mount --daemon garage:my-bucket /tmp/my-bucket
+
+# set your working directory to the bucket
+cd /tmp/my-bucket
+
+# create a file
+echo hello world > hello.txt
+
+# access the file
+cat hello.txt
+
+# unmount the bucket
+cd
+fusermount -u /tmp/my-bucket
+```
+
+*External link:* [rclone documentation > rclone mount](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/)
+
+## s3fs
+
+*External link:* [s3fs github > README.md](https://github.com/s3fs-fuse/s3fs-fuse#user-content-examples)
+
+## goofys
+
+*External link:* [goofys github > README.md](https://github.com/kahing/goofys#user-content-usage)
+
+## s3backer
+
+*External link:* [s3backer github > manpage](https://github.com/archiecobbs/s3backer/wiki/ManPage)
+
+## csi-s3
+
+*External link:* [csi-s3 Github > README.md](https://github.com/ctrox/csi-s3)
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+++
+title = "Observability"
+weight = 25
+++
+
+An object store can be used as data storage location for metrics, and logs which
+can then be leveraged for systems observability.
+
+## Metrics
+
+### Prometheus
+
+Prometheus itself has no object store capabilities, however two projects exist
+which support storing metrics in an object store:
+
+ - [Cortex](https://cortexmetrics.io/)
+ - [Thanos](https://thanos.io/)
+
+## System logs
+
+### Vector
+
+[Vector](https://vector.dev/) natively supports S3 as a
+[data sink](https://vector.dev/docs/reference/configuration/sinks/aws_s3/)
+(and [source](https://vector.dev/docs/reference/configuration/sources/aws_s3/)).
+
+This can be configured with Garage with the following:
+
+```bash
+garage key new --name vector-system-logs
+garage bucket create system-logs
+garage bucket allow system-logs --read --write --key vector-system-logs
+```
+
+The `vector.toml` can then be configured as follows:
+
+```toml
+[sources.journald]
+type = "journald"
+current_boot_only = true
+
+[sinks.out]
+encoding.codec = "json"
+type = "aws_s3"
+inputs = [ "journald" ]
+bucket = "system-logs"
+key_prefix = "%F/"
+compression = "none"
+region = "garage"
+endpoint = "https://my-garage-instance.mydomain.tld"
+auth.access_key_id = ""
+auth.secret_access_key = ""
+```
+
+This is an example configuration - please refer to the Vector documentation for
+all configuration and transformation possibilities. Also note that Garage
+performs its own compression, so this should be disabled in Vector.
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+++
+title = "Repositories (Docker, Nix, Git...)"
+weight = 15
+++
+
+Whether you need to store and serve binary packages or source code, you may want to deploy a tool referred as a repository or registry.
+Garage can also help you serve this content.
+
+| Name | Status | Note |
+|------|--------|------|
+| [Gitea](#gitea)     | ✅       |   |
+| [Docker](#docker)     | ✅        | Requires garage >= v0.6.0   |
+| [Nix](#nix)     | ✅        |     |
+| [Gitlab](#gitlab)     |  ❓        |  Not yet tested    |
+
+
+
+## Gitea
+
+You can use Garage with Gitea to store your [git LFS](https://git-lfs.github.com/) data, your users' avatar, and their attachments.
+You can configure a different target for each data type (check `[lfs]` and `[attachment]` sections of the Gitea documentation) and you can provide a default one through the `[storage]` section.
+
+Let's start by creating a key and a bucket (your key id and secret will be needed later, keep them somewhere):
+
+```bash
+garage key create gitea-key
+garage bucket create gitea
+garage bucket allow gitea --read --write --key gitea-key
+```
+
+Then you can edit your configuration (by default `/etc/gitea/conf/app.ini`):
+
+```ini
+[storage]
+STORAGE_TYPE=minio
+MINIO_ENDPOINT=localhost:3900
+MINIO_ACCESS_KEY_ID=GKxxx
+MINIO_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=xxxx
+MINIO_BUCKET=gitea
+MINIO_LOCATION=garage
+MINIO_USE_SSL=false
+```
+
+You can also pass this configuration through environment variables:
+
+```bash
+GITEA__storage__STORAGE_TYPE=minio
+GITEA__storage__MINIO_ENDPOINT=localhost:3900
+GITEA__storage__MINIO_ACCESS_KEY_ID=GKxxx
+GITEA__storage__MINIO_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=xxxx
+GITEA__storage__MINIO_BUCKET=gitea
+GITEA__storage__MINIO_LOCATION=garage
+GITEA__storage__MINIO_USE_SSL=false
+```
+
+Then restart your gitea instance and try to upload a custom avatar.
+If it worked, you should see some content in your gitea bucket (you must configure your `aws` command before):
+
+```
+$ aws s3 ls s3://gitea/avatars/
+2021-11-10 12:35:47     190034 616ba79ae2b84f565c33d72c2ec50861
+```
+
+
+*External link:* [Gitea Documentation > Configuration Cheat Sheet](https://docs.gitea.io/en-us/config-cheat-sheet/)
+
+## Docker
+
+Create a bucket and a key for your docker registry, then create `config.yml` with the following content:
+
+```yml
+version: 0.1
+http:
+  addr: 0.0.0.0:5000
+  secret: asecretforlocaldevelopment
+  debug:
+    addr: localhost:5001
+storage:
+  s3:
+    accesskey: GKxxxx
+    secretkey: yyyyy
+    region: garage
+    regionendpoint: http://localhost:3900
+    bucket: docker
+    secure: false
+    v4auth: true
+    rootdirectory: /
+```
+
+Replace the `accesskey`, `secretkey`, `bucket`, `regionendpoint` and `secure` values by the one fitting your deployment.
+
+Then simply run the docker registry:
+
+```bash
+docker run \
+  --net=host \
+  -v `pwd`/config.yml:/etc/docker/registry/config.yml \
+  registry:2
+```
+
+*We started a plain text registry but docker clients require encrypted registries. You must either [setup TLS](https://docs.docker.com/registry/deploying/#run-an-externally-accessible-registry) on your registry or add `--insecure-registry=localhost:5000` to your docker daemon parameters.*
+
+
+*External link:* [Docker Documentation > Registry storage drivers > S3 storage driver](https://docs.docker.com/registry/storage-drivers/s3/)
+
+## Nix
+
+Nix has no repository in its terminology: instead, it breaks down this concept in 2 parts: binary cache and channel.
+
+**A channel** is a set of `.nix` definitions that generate definitions for all the software you want to serve.
+
+Because we do not want all our clients to compile all these derivations by themselves,
+we can compile them once and then serve them as part of our **binary cache**.
+
+It is possible to use a **binary cache** without a channel, you only need to serve your nix definitions
+through another support, like a git repository.
+
+As a first step, we will need to create a bucket on Garage and enabling website access on it:
+
+```bash
+garage key create nix-key
+garage bucket create nix.example.com
+garage bucket allow nix.example.com --read --write --key nix-key
+garage bucket website nix.example.com --allow
+```
+
+If you need more information about exposing buckets as websites on Garage,
+check [Exposing buckets as websites](@/documentation/cookbook/exposing-websites.md)
+ and [Configuring a reverse proxy](@/documentation/cookbook/reverse-proxy.md).
+
+Next, we want to check that our bucket works:
+
+```bash
+echo nix repo > /tmp/index.html
+mc cp /tmp/index.html garage/nix/
+rm /tmp/index.html
+
+curl https://nix.example.com
+# output: nix repo
+```
+
+### Binary cache
+
+To serve binaries as part of your cache, you need to sign them with a key specific to nix.
+You can generate the keypair as follow: 
+
+```bash
+nix-store --generate-binary-cache-key <name> cache-priv-key.pem cache-pub-key.pem
+```
+
+You can then manually sign the packages of your store with the following command:
+
+```bash
+nix sign-paths --all -k cache-priv-key.pem
+```
+
+Setting a key in `nix.conf` will do the signature at build time automatically without additional commands.
+Edit the `nix.conf` of your builder:
+
+```toml
+secret-key-files = /etc/nix/cache-priv-key.pem
+```
+
+Now that your content is signed, you can copy a derivation to your cache.
+For example, if you want to copy a specific derivation of your store:
+
+```bash
+nix copy /nix/store/wadmyilr414n7bimxysbny876i2vlm5r-bash-5.1-p8 --to 's3://nix?endpoint=garage.example.com&region=garage'
+```
+
+*Note that if you have not signed your packages, you can append to the end of your S3 URL `&secret-key=/etc/nix/cache-priv-key.pem`.*
+
+Sometimes you don't want to hardcode this store path in your script.
+Let suppose that you are working on a codebase that you build with `nix-build`, you can then run:
+
+```bash
+nix copy $(nix-build) --to 's3://nix?endpoint=garage.example.com&region=garage'
+```
+
+*This command works because the only thing that `nix-build` outputs on stdout is the paths of the built derivations in your nix store.*
+
+You can include your derivation dependencies:
+
+```bash
+nix copy $(nix-store -qR $(nix-build)) --to 's3://nix?endpoint=garage.example.com&region=garage'
+```
+
+Now, your binary cache stores your derivation and all its dependencies.
+Just inform your users that they must update their `nix.conf` file with the following lines:
+
+```toml
+substituters = https://cache.nixos.org https://nix.example.com
+trusted-public-keys = cache.nixos.org-1:6NCHdD59X431o0gWypbMrAURkbJ16ZPMQFGspcDShjY= nix.example.com:eTGL6kvaQn6cDR/F9lDYUIP9nCVR/kkshYfLDJf1yKs=
+```
+
+*You must re-add cache.nixorg.org because redeclaring these keys override the previous configuration instead of extending it.*
+
+Now, when your clients will run `nix-build` or any command that generates a derivation for which a hash is already present
+on the binary cache, the client will download the result from the cache instead of compiling it, saving lot of time and CPU!
+
+
+### Channels
+
+Channels additionnaly serve Nix definitions, ie. a `.nix` file referencing
+all the derivations you want to serve.
+
+## Gitlab
+
+*External link:* [Gitlab Documentation > Object storage](https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/administration/object_storage.html)
+
+
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+++
+title = "Websites (Hugo, Jekyll, Publii...)"
+weight = 10
+++
+
+Garage is also suitable [to host static websites](@/documentation/cookbook/exposing-websites.md).
+While they can be deployed with traditional CLI tools, some static website generators have integrated options to ease your workflow.
+
+| Name | Status | Note |
+|------|--------|------|
+| [Hugo](#hugo)     | ✅       | Publishing logic is integrated in the tool  |
+| [Publii](#publii)     | ✅       | Require a correctly configured s3 vhost endpoint     |
+| [Generic Static Site Generator](#generic-static-site-generator)     | ✅        |  Works for Jekyll, Zola, Gatsby, Pelican, etc.    |
+
+## Hugo
+
+Add to your `config.toml` the following section:
+
+```toml
+[[deployment.targets]]
+ URL = "s3://<bucket>?endpoint=<endpoint>&disableSSL=<bool>&s3ForcePathStyle=true&region=garage"
+```
+
+For example:
+
+```toml
+[[deployment.targets]]
+ URL = "s3://my-blog?endpoint=localhost:9000&disableSSL=true&s3ForcePathStyle=true&region=garage"
+```
+
+Then inform hugo of your credentials:
+
+```bash
+export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=GKxxx
+export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=xxx
+```
+
+And finally build and deploy your website:
+
+```bsh
+hugo
+hugo deploy
+```
+
+*External links:*
+  - [gocloud.dev > aws > Supported URL parameters](https://pkg.go.dev/gocloud.dev/aws?utm_source=godoc#ConfigFromURLParams)
+  - [Hugo Documentation > hugo deploy](https://gohugo.io/hosting-and-deployment/hugo-deploy/)
+
+## Publii
+
+[![A screenshot of Publii's GUI](./publii.png)](./publii.png)
+
+Deploying a website to Garage from Publii is natively supported.
+First, make sure that your Garage administrator allowed and configured Garage to support vhost access style.
+We also suppose that your bucket ("my-bucket") and key is already created and configured.
+
+Then, from the left menu, click on server. Choose "S3" as the protocol.
+In the configuration window, enter:
+  - Your finale website URL (eg. "http://my-bucket.web.garage.localhost:3902")
+  - Tick "Use a custom S3 provider"
+  - Set the S3 endpoint, (eg. "http://s3.garage.localhost:3900")
+  - Then put your access key (eg. "GK..."), your secret key, and your bucket (eg. "my-bucket")
+  - And hit the button "Save settings"
+
+Now, each time you want to publish your website from Publii, just hit the bottom left button "Sync your website"!
+
+
+
+## Generic Static Site Generator
+
+Some tools do not support sending to a S3 backend but output a compiled folder on your system.
+We can then use any CLI tool to upload this content to our S3 target.
+
+First, start by [configuring minio client](@/documentation/connect/cli.md#minio-client).
+
+Then build your website (example for jekyll):
+
+```bash
+jekyll build
+```
+
+And copy its output folder (`_site` for Jekyll) on S3:
+
+```bash
+mc mirror --overwrite _site garage/my-site
+```
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+++
+title="Cookbook"
+template = "documentation.html"
+weight = 20
+sort_by = "weight"
+++
+
+A cookbook, when you cook, is a collection of recipes.
+Similarly, Garage's cookbook contains a collection of recipes that are known to work well!
+This chapter could also be referred as "Tutorials" or "Best practices".
+
+- **[Multi-node deployment](@/documentation/cookbook/real-world.md):** This page will walk you through all of the necessary
+  steps to deploy Garage in a real-world setting.
+
+- **[Building from source](@/documentation/cookbook/from-source.md):** This page explains how to build Garage from
+  source in case a binary is not provided for your architecture, or if you want to
+  hack with us!
+
+- **[Binary packages](@/documentation/cookbook/binary-packages.md):** This page
+  lists the different platforms that provide ready-built software packages for
+  Garage.
+
+- **[Integration with Systemd](@/documentation/cookbook/systemd.md):** This page explains how to run Garage
+  as a Systemd service (instead of as a Docker container).
+
+- **[Configuring a gateway node](@/documentation/cookbook/gateways.md):** This page explains how to run a gateway node in a Garage cluster, i.e. a Garage node that doesn't store data but accelerates access to data present on the other nodes.
+
+- **[Hosting a website](@/documentation/cookbook/exposing-websites.md):** This page explains how to use Garage
+  to host a static website.
+
+- **[Configuring a reverse-proxy](@/documentation/cookbook/reverse-proxy.md):** This page explains how to configure a reverse-proxy to add TLS support to your S3 api endpoint.
+
+- **[Deploying on Kubernetes](@/documentation/cookbook/kubernetes.md):** This page explains how to deploy Garage on Kubernetes using our Helm chart.
+
+- **[Deploying with Ansible](@/documentation/cookbook/ansible.md):** This page lists available Ansible roles developed by the community to deploy Garage.
+
+- **[Monitoring Garage](@/documentation/cookbook/monitoring.md)** This page
+  explains the Prometheus metrics available for monitoring the Garage
+  cluster/nodes.
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+++
+title = "Deploying with Ansible"
+weight = 35
+++
+
+While Ansible is not officially supported to deploy Garage, several community members
+have published Ansible roles.  We list them and compare them below.
+
+## Comparison of Ansible roles
+
+| Feature                            | [ansible-role-garage](#zorun-ansible-role-garage) | [garage-docker-ansible-deploy](#moan0s-garage-docker-ansible-deploy) |
+|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
+| **Runtime**                        | Systemd                                     | Docker                                                        |
+| **Target OS**                      | Any Linux                                   | Any Linux                                                     |
+| **Architecture**                   | amd64, arm64, i686                          | amd64, arm64                                                  |
+| **Additional software**            | None                                        | Traefik                                                       |
+| **Automatic node connection**      | ❌                                          | ✅                                                            |
+| **Layout management**              | ❌                                          | ✅                                                            |
+| **Manage buckets & keys**          | ❌                                          | ✅ (basic)                                                    |
+| **Allow custom Garage config**     | ✅                                          | ❌                                                            |
+| **Facilitate Garage upgrades**     | ✅                                          | ❌                                                            |
+| **Multiple instances on one host** | ✅                                          | ✅                                                            |
+
+
+## zorun/ansible-role-garage
+
+[Source code](https://github.com/zorun/ansible-role-garage), [Ansible galaxy](https://galaxy.ansible.com/zorun/garage)
+
+This role is voluntarily simple: it relies on the official Garage static
+binaries and only requires Systemd.  As such, it should work on any
+Linux-based OS.
+
+To make things more flexible, the user has to provide a Garage
+configuration template.  This allows to customize Garage configuration in
+any way.
+
+Some more features might be added, such as a way to automatically connect
+nodes to each other or to define a layout.
+
+## moan0s/garage-docker-ansible-deploy
+
+[Source code](https://github.com/moan0s/garage-docker-ansible-deploy), [Blog post](https://hyteck.de/post/garage/)
+
+This role is based on the Docker image for Garage, and comes with
+"batteries included": it will additionally install Docker and Traefik. In
+addition, it is "opinionated" in the sense that it expects a particular
+deployment structure (one instance per disk, one gateway per host,
+structured DNS names, etc).
+
+As a result, this role makes it easier to start with Garage on Ansible,
+but is less flexible.
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+++
+title = "Binary packages"
+weight = 11
+++
+
+Garage is also available in binary packages on:
+
+## Alpine Linux
+
+If you use Alpine Linux, you can simply install the
+[garage](https://pkgs.alpinelinux.org/packages?name=garage) package from the
+Alpine Linux repositories (available since v3.17):
+
+```bash
+apk add garage
+```
+
+The default configuration file is installed to `/etc/garage.toml`. You can run
+Garage using: `rc-service garage start`. If you don't specify `rpc_secret`, it
+will be automatically replaced with a random string on the first start.
+
+Please note that this package is built without Consul discovery, Kubernetes
+discovery, OpenTelemetry exporter, and K2V features (K2V will be enabled once
+it's stable).
+
+
+## Arch Linux
+
+Garage is available in the [AUR](https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/garage).
+
+## FreeBSD
+
+```bash
+pkg install garage
+```
+
+## NixOS
+
+```bash
+nix-shell -p garage
+```
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+++
+title = "Encryption"
+weight = 50
+++
+
+Encryption is a recurring subject when discussing Garage. 
+Garage does not handle data encryption by itself, but many things can
+already be done with Garage's current feature set and the existing ecosystem.
+
+This page takes a high level approach to security in general and data encryption
+in particular.
+
+
+# Examining your need for encryption
+
+- Why do you want encryption in Garage?
+
+- What is your threat model? What are you fearing?
+  - A stolen HDD?
+  - A curious administrator?
+  - A malicious administrator?
+  - A remote attacker?
+  - etc.
+
+- What services do you want to protect with encryption?
+  - An existing application? Which one? (eg. Nextcloud)
+  - An application that you are writing
+
+- Any expertise you may have on the subject
+
+This page explains what Garage provides, and how you can improve the situation by yourself
+by adding encryption at different levels.
+
+We would be very curious to know your needs and thougs about ideas such as
+encryption practices and things like key management, as we want Garage to be a
+serious base platform for the developpment of secure, encrypted applications.
+Do not hesitate to come talk to us if you have any thoughts or questions on the
+subject.
+
+
+# Capabilities provided by Garage
+
+## Traffic is encrypted between Garage nodes
+
+RPCs between Garage nodes are encrypted. More specifically, contrary to many
+distributed software, it is impossible in Garage to have clear-text RPC.  We
+use the [kuska handshake](https://github.com/Kuska-ssb/handshake) library which
+implements a protocol that has been clearly reviewed, Secure ScuttleButt's
+Secret Handshake protocol.  This is why setting a `rpc_secret` is mandatory,
+and that's also why your nodes have super long identifiers.
+
+## HTTP API endpoints provided by Garage are in clear text
+
+Adding TLS support built into Garage is not currently planned.
+
+## Garage stores data in plain text on the filesystem or encrypted using customer keys (SSE-C)
+
+For standard S3 API requests, Garage does not encrypt data at rest by itself.
+For the most generic at rest encryption of data, we recommend setting up your
+storage partitions on encrypted LUKS devices.
+
+If you are developping your own client software that makes use of S3 storage,
+we recommend implementing data encryption directly on the client side and never
+transmitting plaintext data to Garage. This makes it easy to use an external
+untrusted storage provider if necessary.
+
+Garage does support [SSE-C
+encryption](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html),
+an encryption mode of Amazon S3 where data is encrypted at rest using
+encryption keys given by the client.  The encryption keys are passed to the
+server in a header in each request, to encrypt or decrypt data at the moment of
+reading or writing. The server discards the key as soon as it has finished
+using it for the request.  This mode allows the data to be encrypted at rest by
+Garage itself, but it requires support in the client software. It is also not
+adapted to a model where the server is not trusted or assumed to be
+compromised, as the server can easily know the encryption keys.  Note however
+that when using SSE-C encryption, the only Garage node that knows the
+encryption key passed in a given request is the node to which the request is
+directed (which can be a gateway node), so it is easy to have untrusted nodes
+in the cluster as long as S3 API requests containing SSE-C encryption keys are
+not directed to them.
+
+Implementing automatic data encryption directly in Garage without client-side
+management of keys (something like
+[SSE-S3](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/UsingServerSideEncryption.html))
+could make things simpler for end users that don't want to setup LUKS, but also
+raises many more questions, especially around key management: for encryption of
+data, where could Garage get the encryption keys from? If we encrypt data but
+keep the keys in a plaintext file next to them, it's useless. We probably don't
+want to have to manage secrets in Garage as it would be very hard to do in a
+secure way. At the time of speaking, there are no plans to implement this in
+Garage.
+
+
+# Adding data encryption using external tools
+
+## Encrypting traffic between a Garage node and your client
+
+You have multiple options to have encryption between your client and a node:
+
+  - Setup a reverse proxy with TLS / ACME / Let's encrypt
+  - Setup a Garage gateway locally, and only contact the garage daemon on `localhost`
+  - Only contact your Garage daemon over a secure, encrypted overlay network such as Wireguard
+
+## Encrypting data at rest
+
+Protects against the following threats:
+
+- Stolen HDD
+
+Crucially, does not protect againt malicious sysadmins or remote attackers that
+might gain access to your servers.
+
+Methods include full-disk encryption with tools such as LUKS.
+
+## Encrypting data on the client side
+
+Protects againt the following threats:
+
+- A honest-but-curious administrator
+- A malicious administrator that tries to corrupt your data
+- A remote attacker that can read your server's data
+
+Implementations are very specific to the various applications. Examples:
+
+- Matrix: uses the OLM protocol for E2EE of user messages. Media files stored
+  in Matrix are probably encrypted using symmetric encryption, with a key that is
+  distributed in the end-to-end encrypted message that contains the link to the object.
+
+- XMPP: clients normally support either OMEMO / OpenPGP for the E2EE of user
+  messages. Media files are encrypted per
+  [XEP-0454](https://xmpp.org/extensions/xep-0454.html).
+
+- Aerogramme: use the user's password as a key to decrypt data in the user's bucket
+
+- Cyberduck: comes with support for
+  [Cryptomator](https://docs.cyberduck.io/cryptomator/) which allows users to
+  create client-side vaults to encrypt files in before they are uploaded to a
+  cloud storage endpoint.
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+++
+title = "Exposing buckets as websites"
+weight = 25
+++
+
+## Configuring a bucket for website access
+
+There are three methods to expose buckets as website:
+
+1. using the PutBucketWebsite S3 API call, which is allowed for access keys that have the owner permission bit set
+
+2. from the Garage CLI, by an adminstrator of the cluster
+
+3. using the Garage administration API
+
+The `PutBucketWebsite` API endpoint [is documented](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketWebsite.html) in the official AWS docs.
+This endpoint can also be called [using `aws s3api`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/s3api/put-bucket-website.html) on the command line.
+The website configuration supported by Garage is only a subset of the possibilities on Amazon S3: redirections are not supported, only the index document and error document can be specified.
+
+If you want to expose your bucket as a website from the CLI, use this simple command:
+
+```bash
+garage bucket website --allow my-website
+```
+
+Now it will be **publicly** exposed on the web endpoint (by default listening on port 3902).
+
+## How exposed websites work
+
+Our website serving logic is as follow:
+
+  - Supports only static websites (no support for PHP or other languages)
+  - Does not support directory listing
+  - The index file is defined per-bucket and can be specified in the `PutBucketWebsite` call
+     or on the CLI using the `--index-document` parameter (default: `index.html`)
+  - A custom error document for 404 errors can be specified in the `PutBucketWebsite` call
+    or on the CLI using the `--error-document` parameter
+
+Now we need to infer the URL of your website through your bucket name.
+Let assume:
+  - we set `root_domain = ".web.example.com"` in `garage.toml` ([ref](@/documentation/reference-manual/configuration.md#web_root_domain))
+  - our bucket name is `garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr`.
+
+Our bucket will be served if the Host field matches one of these 2 values (the port is ignored):
+
+  - `garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr.web.example.com`: you can dedicate a subdomain to your users (here `web.example.com`).
+
+  - `garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr`: your users can bring their own domain name, they just need to point them to your Garage cluster.
+
+You can try this logic locally, without configuring any DNS, thanks to `curl`:
+
+```bash
+# prepare your test
+echo hello world > /tmp/index.html
+mc cp /tmp/index.html garage/garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr
+
+curl -H 'Host: garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr' http://localhost:3902
+# should print "hello world"
+
+curl -H 'Host: garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr.web.example.com' http://localhost:3902
+# should also print "hello world"
+```
+
+Now that you understand how website logic works on Garage, you can:
+
+ - make the website endpoint listens on port 80 (instead of 3902)
+ - use iptables to redirect the port 80 to the port 3902:  
+   `iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -p tcp -dport 80 -j REDIRECT -to-port 3902`
+ - or configure a [reverse proxy](@/documentation/cookbook/reverse-proxy.md) in front of Garage to add TLS (HTTPS), CORS support, etc.
+
+You can also take a look at [Website Integration](@/documentation/connect/websites.md) to see how you can add Garage to your workflow.
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+++
+title = "Compiling Garage from source"
+weight = 10
+++
+
+
+Garage is a standard Rust project.  First, you need `rust` and `cargo`.  For instance on Debian:
+
+```bash
+sudo apt-get update
+sudo apt-get install -y rustc cargo
+```
+
+You can also use [Rustup](https://rustup.rs/) to setup a Rust toolchain easily.
+
+In addition, you will need a full C toolchain. On Debian-based distributions, it can be installed as follows:
+
+```bash
+sudo apt-get update
+sudo apt-get install build-essential
+```
+
+## Building from source from the Gitea repository
+
+The primary location for Garage's source code is the
+[Gitea repository](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage),
+which contains all of the released versions as well as the code
+for the developpement of the next version.
+
+Clone the repository and enter it as follows:
+
+```bash
+git clone https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage.git
+cd garage
+```
+
+If you wish to build a specific version of Garage, check out the corresponding tag. For instance:
+
+```bash
+git tag  				# List available tags
+git checkout v0.8.0		# Change v0.8.0 with the version you wish to build
+```
+
+Otherwise you will be building a developpement build from the `main` branch
+that includes all of the changes to be released in the next version.
+Be careful that such a build might be unstable or contain bugs,
+and could be incompatible with nodes that run stable versions of Garage.
+
+Finally, build Garage with the following command:
+
+```bash
+cargo build --release
+```
+
+The binary built this way can now be found in `target/release/garage`.
+You may simply copy this binary to somewhere in your `$PATH` in order to
+have the `garage` command available in your shell, for instance:
+
+```bash
+sudo cp target/release/garage /usr/local/bin/garage
+```
+
+If you are planning to develop Garage,
+you might be interested in producing debug builds, which compile faster but run slower:
+this can be done by removing the `--release` flag, and the resulting build can then
+be found in `target/debug/garage`.
+
+## List of available Cargo feature flags
+
+Garage supports a number of compilation options in the form of Cargo feature flags,
+which can be used to provide builds adapted to your system and your use case.
+To produce a build with a given set of features, invoke the `cargo build` command
+as follows:
+
+```bash
+# This will build the default feature set plus feature1, feature2 and feature3
+cargo build --release --features feature1,feature2,feature3
+# This will build ONLY feature1, feature2 and feature3
+cargo build --release --no-default-features \
+            --features feature1,feature2,feature3
+```
+
+The following feature flags are available in v0.8.0:
+
+| Feature flag | Enabled | Description |
+| ------------ | ------- | ----------- |
+| `bundled-libs` | *by default* | Use bundled version of sqlite3, zstd, lmdb and libsodium |
+| `system-libs` | optional | Use system version of sqlite3, zstd, lmdb and libsodium<br>if available (exclusive with `bundled-libs`, build using<br>`cargo build --no-default-features --features system-libs`) |
+| `k2v` | optional | Enable the experimental K2V API (if used, all nodes on your<br>Garage cluster must have it enabled as well) |
+| `kubernetes-discovery` | optional | Enable automatic registration and discovery<br>of cluster nodes through the Kubernetes API |
+| `metrics` | *by default* | Enable collection of metrics in Prometheus format on the admin API |
+| `telemetry-otlp` | optional | Enable collection of execution traces using OpenTelemetry |
+| `syslog` | optional | Enable logging to Syslog |
+| `lmdb` | *by default* | Enable using LMDB to store Garage's metadata |
+| `sqlite` | *by default* | Enable using Sqlite3 to store Garage's metadata |
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+++
+title = "Configuring a gateway node"
+weight = 20
+++
+
+Gateways allow you to expose Garage endpoints (S3 API and websites) without storing data on the node.
+
+## Benefits
+
+You can configure Garage as a gateway on all nodes that will consume your S3 API, it will provide you the following benefits:
+
+  - **It removes 1 or 2 network RTT.** Instead of (querying your reverse proxy then) querying a random node of the cluster that will forward your request to the nodes effectively storing the data, your local gateway will directly knows which node to query.
+
+  - **It eases server management.** Instead of tracking in your reverse proxy and DNS what are the current Garage nodes, your gateway being part of the cluster keeps this information for you. In your software, you will always specify `http://localhost:3900`.
+
+  - **It simplifies security.** Instead of having to maintain and renew a TLS certificate, you leverage the Secret Handshake protocol we use for our cluster. The S3 API protocol will be in plain text but limited to your local machine.
+
+
+## Spawn a Gateway
+
+The instructions are similar to a regular node, the only option that is different is while configuring the node, you must set the `--gateway` parameter:
+
+```bash
+garage layout assign --gateway --tag gw1 -z dc1 <node_id>
+garage layout show    # review the changes you are making
+garage layout apply   # once satisfied, apply the changes
+```
+
+Then use `http://localhost:3900` when a S3 endpoint is required:
+
+```bash
+aws --endpoint-url http://127.0.0.1:3900 s3 ls
+```
+
+If a newly added gateway node seems to not be working, do a full table resync to ensure that bucket and key list are correctly propagated:
+
+```bash
+garage repair -a --yes tables
+```
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+++
+title = "Deploying on Kubernetes"
+weight = 32
+++
+
+Garage can also be deployed on a kubernetes cluster via helm chart.
+
+## Deploying
+
+Firstly clone the repository:
+
+```bash
+git clone https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage
+cd garage/scripts/helm
+```
+
+Deploy with default options:
+
+```bash
+helm install --create-namespace --namespace garage garage ./garage
+```
+
+Or deploy with custom values:
+
+```bash
+helm install --create-namespace --namespace garage garage ./garage -f values.override.yaml
+```
+
+After deploying, cluster layout must be configured manually as described in [Creating a cluster layout](@/documentation/quick-start/_index.md#creating-a-cluster-layout). Use the following command to access garage CLI:
+
+```bash
+kubectl exec --stdin --tty -n garage garage-0 -- ./garage status
+```
+
+## Overriding default values
+
+All possible configuration values can be found with:
+
+```bash
+helm show values ./garage
+```
+
+This is an example `values.overrride.yaml` for deploying in a microk8s cluster with a https s3 api ingress route:
+
+```yaml
+garage:
+  # Use only 2 replicas per object
+  replicationMode: "2"
+
+# Start 4 instances (StatefulSets) of garage
+deployment:
+  replicaCount: 4
+
+# Override default storage class and size
+persistence:
+  meta:
+    storageClass: "openebs-hostpath"
+    size: 100Mi
+  data:
+    storageClass: "openebs-hostpath"
+    size: 1Gi
+
+ingress:
+  s3:
+    api:
+      enabled: true
+      className: "public"
+      annotations:
+        cert-manager.io/cluster-issuer: "letsencrypt-prod"
+        nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/proxy-body-size: 500m
+      hosts:
+        - host: s3-api.my-domain.com
+          paths:
+            - path: /
+              pathType: Prefix
+      tls:
+        - secretName: garage-ingress-cert
+          hosts:
+            - s3-api.my-domain.com
+```
+
+## Removing
+
+```bash
+helm delete --namespace garage garage
+```
+
+Note that this will leave behind custom CRD `garagenodes.deuxfleurs.fr`, which must be removed manually if desired.
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+++
+title = "Monitoring Garage"
+weight = 40
+++
+
+Garage exposes some internal metrics in the Prometheus data format.
+This page explains how to exploit these metrics.
+
+## Setting up monitoring
+
+### Enabling the Admin API endpoint
+
+If you have not already enabled the [administration API endpoint](@/documentation/reference-manual/admin-api.md), do so by adding the following lines to your configuration file:
+
+```toml
+[admin]
+api_bind_addr = "0.0.0.0:3903"
+```
+
+This will allow anyone to scrape Prometheus metrics by fetching
+`http://localhost:3903/metrics`. If you want to restrict access
+to the exported metrics, set the `metrics_token` configuration value
+to a bearer token to be used when fetching the metrics endpoint.
+
+### Setting up Prometheus and Grafana
+
+Add a scrape config to your Prometheus daemon to scrape metrics from
+all of your nodes:
+
+```yaml
+scrape_configs:
+  - job_name: 'garage'
+    static_configs:
+      - targets:
+        - 'node1.mycluster:3903'
+        - 'node2.mycluster:3903'
+        - 'node3.mycluster:3903'
+```
+
+If you have set a metrics token in your Garage configuration file,
+add the following lines in your Prometheus scrape config:
+
+```yaml
+    authorization:
+      type: Bearer
+      credentials: 'your metrics token'
+```
+
+To visualize the scraped data in Grafana,
+you can either import our [Grafana dashboard for Garage](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage/raw/branch/main/script/telemetry/grafana-garage-dashboard-prometheus.json)
+or make your own.
+
+The list of exported metrics is available on our [dedicated page](@/documentation/reference-manual/monitoring.md) in the Reference manual section.
@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
+++
+title = "Deployment on a cluster"
+weight = 5
+++
+
+To run Garage in cluster mode, we recommend having at least 3 nodes.
+This will allow you to setup Garage for three-way replication of your data,
+the safest and most available mode proposed by Garage.
+
+We recommend first following the [quick start guide](@/documentation/quick-start/_index.md) in order
+to get familiar with Garage's command line and usage patterns.
+
+
+## Preparing your environment
+
+### Prerequisites
+
+To run a real-world deployment, make sure the following conditions are met:
+
+- You have at least three machines with sufficient storage space available.
+
+- Each machine has an IP address which makes it directly reachable by all other machines.
+  In many cases, nodes will be behind a NAT and will not each have a public
+  IPv4 addresses. In this case, is recommended that you use IPv6 for this
+  end-to-end connectivity if it is available. Otherwise, using a mesh VPN such as
+  [Nebula](https://github.com/slackhq/nebula) or
+  [Yggdrasil](https://yggdrasil-network.github.io/) are approaches to consider
+  in addition to building out your own VPN tunneling.
+
+- This guide will assume you are using Docker containers to deploy Garage on each node.
+  Garage can also be run independently, for instance as a [Systemd service](@/documentation/cookbook/systemd.md).
+  You can also use an orchestrator such as Nomad or Kubernetes to automatically manage
+  Docker containers on a fleet of nodes.
+
+Before deploying Garage on your infrastructure, you must inventory your machines.
+For our example, we will suppose the following infrastructure with IPv6 connectivity:
+
+| Location | Name    | IP Address | Disk Space |
+|----------|---------|------------|------------|
+| Paris    | Mercury | fc00:1::1  | 1 TB       |
+| Paris    | Venus   | fc00:1::2  | 2 TB       |
+| London   | Earth   | fc00:B::1  | 2 TB       |
+| Brussels | Mars    | fc00:F::1  | 1.5 TB     |
+
+Note that Garage will **always** store the three copies of your data on nodes at different
+locations. This means that in the case of this small example, the usable capacity
+of the cluster is in fact only 1.5 TB, because nodes in Brussels can't store more than that.
+This also means that nodes in Paris and London will be under-utilized.
+To make better use of the available hardware, you should ensure that the capacity
+available in the different locations of your cluster is roughly the same.
+For instance, here, the Mercury node could be moved to Brussels; this would allow the cluster
+to store 2 TB of data in total.
+
+### Best practices
+
+- If you have reasonably fast networking between all your nodes, and are planing to store
+  mostly large files, bump the `block_size` configuration parameter to 10 MB
+  (`block_size = "10M"`).
+
+- Garage stores its files in two locations: it uses a metadata directory to store frequently-accessed
+  small metadata items, and a data directory to store data blocks of uploaded objects.
+  Ideally, the metadata directory would be stored on an SSD (smaller but faster),
+  and the data directory would be stored on an HDD (larger but slower).
+
+- For the data directory, Garage already does checksumming and integrity verification,
+  so there is no need to use a filesystem such as BTRFS or ZFS that does it.
+  We recommend using XFS for the data partition, as it has the best performance.
+  EXT4 is not recommended as it has more strict limitations on the number of inodes,
+  which might cause issues with Garage when large numbers of objects are stored.
+
+- Servers with multiple HDDs are supported natively by Garage without resorting
+  to RAID, see [our dedicated documentation page](@/documentation/operations/multi-hdd.md).
+
+- For the metadata storage, Garage does not do checksumming and integrity
+  verification on its own, so it is better to use a robust filesystem such as
+  BTRFS or ZFS. Users have reported that when using the LMDB database engine
+  (the default), database files have a tendency of becoming corrupted after an
+  unclean shutdown (e.g. a power outage), so you should take regular snapshots
+  to be able to recover from such a situation.  This can be done using Garage's
+  built-in automatic snapshotting (since v0.9.4), or by using filesystem level
+  snapshots. If you cannot do so, you might want to switch to Sqlite which is
+  more robust.
+
+- LMDB is the fastest and most tested database engine, but it has the following
+  weaknesses: 1/ data files are not architecture-independent, you cannot simply
+  move a Garage metadata directory between nodes running different architectures,
+  and 2/ LMDB is not suited for 32-bit platforms. Sqlite is a viable alternative
+  if any of these are of concern.
+
+- If you only have an HDD and no SSD, it's fine to put your metadata alongside
+  the data on the same drive, but then consider your filesystem choice wisely
+  (see above). Having lots of RAM for your kernel to cache the metadata will
+  help a lot with performance.  The default LMDB database engine is the most
+  tested and has good performance.
+
+## Get a Docker image
+
+Our docker image is currently named `dxflrs/garage` and is stored on the [Docker Hub](https://hub.docker.com/r/dxflrs/garage/tags?page=1&ordering=last_updated).
+We encourage you to use a fixed tag (eg. `v1.1.0`) and not the `latest` tag.
+For this example, we will use the latest published version at the time of the writing which is `v1.1.0` but it's up to you
+to check [the most recent versions on the Docker Hub](https://hub.docker.com/r/dxflrs/garage/tags?page=1&ordering=last_updated).
+
+For example:
+
+```
+sudo docker pull dxflrs/garage:v1.1.0
+```
+
+## Deploying and configuring Garage
+
+On each machine, we will have a similar setup,
+especially you must consider the following folders/files:
+
+- `/etc/garage.toml`: Garage daemon's configuration (see below)
+
+- `/var/lib/garage/meta/`: Folder containing Garage's metadata,
+  put this folder on a SSD if possible
+
+- `/var/lib/garage/data/`: Folder containing Garage's data,
+  this folder will be your main data storage and must be on a large storage (e.g. large HDD)
+
+
+A valid `/etc/garage.toml` for our cluster would look as follows:
+
+```toml
+metadata_dir = "/var/lib/garage/meta"
+data_dir = "/var/lib/garage/data"
+db_engine = "lmdb"
+metadata_auto_snapshot_interval = "6h"
+
+replication_factor = 3
+
+compression_level = 2
+
+rpc_bind_addr = "[::]:3901"
+rpc_public_addr = "<this node's public IP>:3901"
+rpc_secret = "<RPC secret>"
+
+[s3_api]
+s3_region = "garage"
+api_bind_addr = "[::]:3900"
+root_domain = ".s3.garage"
+
+[s3_web]
+bind_addr = "[::]:3902"
+root_domain = ".web.garage"
+index = "index.html"
+```
+
+Check the following for your configuration files:
+
+- Make sure `rpc_public_addr` contains the public IP address of the node you are configuring.
+  This parameter is optional but recommended: if your nodes have trouble communicating with
+  one another, consider adding it.
+  Alternatively, you can also set `rpc_public_addr_subnet`, which can filter
+  the addresses announced to other peers to a specific subnet.
+
+- Make sure `rpc_secret` is the same value on all nodes. It should be a 32-bytes hex-encoded secret key.
+  You can generate such a key with `openssl rand -hex 32`.
+
+## Starting Garage using Docker
+
+On each machine, you can run the daemon with:
+
+```bash
+docker run \
+  -d \
+  --name garaged \
+  --restart always \
+  --network host \
+  -v /etc/garage.toml:/etc/garage.toml \
+  -v /var/lib/garage/meta:/var/lib/garage/meta \
+  -v /var/lib/garage/data:/var/lib/garage/data \
+  dxflrs/garage:v1.1.0
+```
+
+With this command line, Garage should be started automatically at each boot.
+Please note that we use host networking as otherwise the network indirection
+added by Docker would prevent Garage nodes from communicating with one another
+(especially if using IPv6).
+
+If you want to use `docker-compose`, you may use the following `docker-compose.yml` file as a reference:
+
+```yaml
+version: "3"
+services:
+  garage:
+    image: dxflrs/garage:v1.1.0
+    network_mode: "host"
+    restart: unless-stopped
+    volumes:
+      - /etc/garage.toml:/etc/garage.toml
+      - /var/lib/garage/meta:/var/lib/garage/meta
+      - /var/lib/garage/data:/var/lib/garage/data
+```
+
+If you wish to upgrade your cluster, make sure to read the corresponding
+[documentation page](@/documentation/operations/upgrading.md) first, as well as
+the documentation relevant to your version of Garage in the case of major
+upgrades.  With the containerized setup proposed here, the upgrade process
+will require stopping and removing the existing container, and re-creating it
+with the upgraded version.
+
+## Controlling the daemon
+
+The `garage` binary has two purposes:
+  - it acts as a daemon when launched with `garage server`
+  - it acts as a control tool for the daemon when launched with any other command
+
+Ensure an appropriate `garage` binary (the same version as your Docker image) is available in your path.
+If your configuration file is at `/etc/garage.toml`, the `garage` binary should work with no further change.
+
+You can also use an alias as follows to use the Garage binary inside your docker container:
+
+```bash
+alias garage="docker exec -ti <container name> /garage"
+```
+
+You can test your `garage` CLI utility by running a simple command such as:
+
+```bash
+garage status
+```
+
+At this point, nodes are not yet talking to one another.
+Your output should therefore look like follows:
+
+```
+Mercury$ garage status
+==== HEALTHY NODES ====
+ID                  Hostname  Address           Tag                   Zone  Capacity
+563e1ac825ee3323…   Mercury   [fc00:1::1]:3901  NO ROLE ASSIGNED
+```
+
+
+## Connecting nodes together
+
+When your Garage nodes first start, they will generate a local node identifier
+(based on a public/private key pair).
+
+To obtain the node identifier of a node, once it is generated,
+run `garage node id`.
+This will print keys as follows:
+
+```bash
+Mercury$ garage node id
+563e1ac825ee3323aa441e72c26d1030d6d4414aeb3dd25287c531e7fc2bc95d@[fc00:1::1]:3901
+
+Venus$ garage node id
+86f0f26ae4afbd59aaf9cfb059eefac844951efd5b8caeec0d53f4ed6c85f332@[fc00:1::2]:3901
+
+etc.
+```
+
+You can then instruct nodes to connect to one another as follows:
+
+```bash
+# Instruct Venus to connect to Mercury (this will establish communication both ways)
+Venus$ garage node connect 563e1ac825ee3323aa441e72c26d1030d6d4414aeb3dd25287c531e7fc2bc95d@[fc00:1::1]:3901
+```
+
+You don't need to instruct all node to connect to all other nodes:
+nodes will discover one another transitively.
+
+Now if your run `garage status` on any node, you should have an output that looks as follows:
+
+```
+==== HEALTHY NODES ====
+ID                  Hostname  Address           Tag                   Zone  Capacity
+563e1ac825ee3323…   Mercury   [fc00:1::1]:3901  NO ROLE ASSIGNED
+86f0f26ae4afbd59…   Venus     [fc00:1::2]:3901  NO ROLE ASSIGNED
+68143d720f20c89d…   Earth     [fc00:B::1]:3901  NO ROLE ASSIGNED
+212f7572f0c89da9…   Mars      [fc00:F::1]:3901  NO ROLE ASSIGNED
+```
+
+## Creating a cluster layout
+
+We will now inform Garage of the disk space available on each node of the cluster
+as well as the zone (e.g. datacenter) in which each machine is located.
+This information is called the **cluster layout** and consists
+of a role that is assigned to each active cluster node.
+
+For our example, we will suppose we have the following infrastructure
+(Capacity, Identifier and Zone are specific values to Garage described in the following):
+
+| Location | Name    | Disk Space | Identifier | Zone (`-z`) | Capacity (`-c`) |
+|----------|---------|------------|------------|-------------|-----------------|
+| Paris    | Mercury | 1 TB       | `563e`     | `par1`      | `1T`            |
+| Paris    | Venus   | 2 TB       | `86f0`     | `par1`      | `2T`            |
+| London   | Earth   | 2 TB       | `6814`     | `lon1`      | `2T`            |
+| Brussels | Mars    | 1.5 TB     | `212f`     | `bru1`      | `1.5T`          |
+
+#### Node identifiers
+
+After its first launch, Garage generates a random and unique identifier for each nodes, such as:
+
+```
+563e1ac825ee3323aa441e72c26d1030d6d4414aeb3dd25287c531e7fc2bc95d
+```
+
+Often a shorter form can be used, containing only the beginning of the identifier, like `563e`,
+which identifies the server "Mercury" located in "Paris" according to our previous table.
+
+The most simple way to match an identifier to a node is to run:
+
+```
+garage status
+```
+
+It will display the IP address associated with each node;
+from the IP address you will be able to recognize the node.
+
+We will now use the `garage layout assign` command to configure the correct parameters for each node.
+
+#### Zones
+
+Zones are simply a user-chosen identifier that identify a group of server that are grouped together logically.
+It is up to the system administrator deploying Garage to identify what does "grouped together" means.
+
+In most cases, a zone will correspond to a geographical location (i.e. a datacenter).
+Behind the scene, Garage will use zone definition to try to store the same data on different zones,
+in order to provide high availability despite failure of a zone.
+
+Zones are passed to Garage using the `-z` flag of `garage layout assign` (see below).
+
+#### Capacity
+
+Garage needs to know the storage capacity (disk space) it can/should use on
+each node, to be able to correctly balance data.
+
+Capacity values are expressed in bytes and are passed to Garage using the `-c` flag of `garage layout assign` (see below).
+
+#### Tags
+
+You can add additional tags to nodes using the `-t` flag of `garage layout assign` (see below).
+Tags have no specific meaning for Garage and can be used at your convenience.
+
+#### Injecting the topology
+
+Given the information above, we will configure our cluster as follow:
+
+```bash
+garage layout assign 563e -z par1 -c 1T -t mercury
+garage layout assign 86f0 -z par1 -c 2T -t venus
+garage layout assign 6814 -z lon1 -c 2T -t earth
+garage layout assign 212f -z bru1 -c 1.5T -t mars
+```
+
+At this point, the changes in the cluster layout have not yet been applied.
+To show the new layout that will be applied, call:
+
+```bash
+garage layout show
+```
+
+Make sure to read carefully the output of `garage layout show`.
+Once you are satisfied with your new layout, apply it with:
+
+```bash
+garage layout apply
+```
+
+**WARNING:** if you want to use the layout modification commands in a script,
+make sure to read [this page](@/documentation/operations/layout.md) first.
+
+
+## Using your Garage cluster
+
+Creating buckets and managing keys is done using the `garage` CLI,
+and is covered in the [quick start guide](@/documentation/quick-start/_index.md).
+Remember also that the CLI is self-documented thanks to the `--help` flag and
+the `help` subcommand (e.g. `garage help`, `garage key --help`).
+
+Configuring S3-compatible applications to interact with Garage
+is covered in the [Integrations](@/documentation/connect/_index.md) section.
@@ -0,0 +1,503 @@
+++
+title = "Configuring a reverse proxy"
+weight = 30
+++
+
+The main reason to add a reverse proxy in front of Garage is to provide TLS to your users and serve multiple web services on port 443.
+
+In production you will likely need your certificates signed by a certificate authority.
+The most automated way is to use a provider supporting the [ACME protocol](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8555) 
+such as [Let's Encrypt](https://letsencrypt.org/), [ZeroSSL](https://zerossl.com/) or [Buypass Go SSL](https://www.buypass.com/ssl/products/acme).
+
+If you are only testing Garage, you can generate a self-signed certificate to follow the documentation:
+
+```bash
+openssl req \
+    -new \
+    -x509 \
+    -keyout /tmp/garage.key \
+    -out /tmp/garage.crt \
+    -nodes  \
+    -subj "/C=XX/ST=XX/L=XX/O=XX/OU=XX/CN=localhost/emailAddress=X@X.XX" \
+    -addext "subjectAltName = DNS:localhost, IP:127.0.0.1"
+
+cat /tmp/garage.key /tmp/garage.crt > /tmp/garage.pem
+```
+
+Be careful as you will need to allow self signed certificates in your client.
+For example, with minio, you must add the `--insecure` flag.
+An example:
+
+```bash
+mc ls --insecure garage/
+```
+
+## socat (only for testing purposes)
+
+If you want to test Garage with a TLS frontend, socat can do it for you in a single command:
+
+```bash
+socat \
+"openssl-listen:443,\
+reuseaddr,\
+fork,\
+verify=0,\
+cert=/tmp/garage.pem" \
+tcp4-connect:localhost:3900
+```
+
+## Nginx
+
+Nginx is a well-known reverse proxy suitable for production.
+We do the configuration in 3 steps: first we define the upstream blocks ("the backends")
+then we define the server blocks ("the frontends") for the S3 endpoint and finally for the web endpoint.
+
+The following configuration blocks can be all put in the same `/etc/nginx/sites-available/garage.conf`.
+To make your configuration active, run `ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/garage.conf /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/`.
+If you directly put the instructions in the root `nginx.conf`, keep in mind that these configurations must be enclosed inside a `http { }` block.
+
+And do not forget to reload nginx with `systemctl reload nginx` or `nginx -s reload`.
+
+### Exposing the S3 endpoints
+
+First, we need to tell to nginx how to access our Garage cluster.
+Because we have multiple nodes, we want to leverage all of them by spreading the load.
+In nginx, we can do that with the `upstream` directive.
+
+Then in a `server` directive, we define the vhosts, the TLS certificates and the proxy rule.
+
+A possible configuration:
+
+```nginx
+upstream s3_backend {
+  # If you have a garage instance locally.
+  server 127.0.0.1:3900;
+  # You can also put your other instances.
+  server 192.168.1.3:3900;
+  # Domain names also work.
+  server garage1.example.com:3900;
+  # A "backup" server is only used if all others have failed.
+  server garage-remote.example.com:3900 backup;
+  # You can assign weights if you have some servers
+  # that can serve more requests than others.
+  server garage2.example.com:3900 weight=2;
+}
+
+server {
+  listen [::]:443 http2 ssl;
+
+  ssl_certificate     /tmp/garage.crt;
+  ssl_certificate_key /tmp/garage.key;
+
+  # You need multiple server names here:
+  #  - s3.garage.tld is used for path-based s3 requests
+  #  - *.s3.garage.tld is used for vhost-based s3 requests
+  server_name s3.garage.tld *.s3.garage.tld;
+
+  location / {
+    proxy_pass http://s3_backend;
+    proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for;
+    proxy_set_header Host $host;
+    # Disable buffering to a temporary file.
+    proxy_max_temp_file_size 0;
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### Exposing the web endpoint
+
+To better understand the logic involved, you can refer to the [Exposing buckets as websites](/cookbook/exposing_websites.html) section.
+Otherwise, the configuration is very similar to the S3 endpoint.
+You must only adapt `upstream` with the web port instead of the s3 port and change the `server_name` and `proxy_pass` entry
+
+A possible configuration:
+
+
+```nginx
+upstream web_backend {
+  server 127.0.0.1:3902;
+  server 192.168.1.3:3902;
+  server garage1.example.com:3902;
+  server garage2.example.com:3902 weight=2;
+}
+
+server {
+  listen [::]:443 http2 ssl;
+
+  ssl_certificate     /tmp/garage.crt;
+  ssl_certificate_key /tmp/garage.key;
+
+  # You need multiple server names here:
+  #  - *.web.garage.tld is used for your users wanting a website without reserving a domain name
+  #  - example.com, my-site.tld, etc. are reserved domain name by your users that chose to host their website as a garage's bucket
+  server_name *.web.garage.tld example.com my-site.tld;
+
+  location / {
+    proxy_pass http://web_backend;
+    proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for;
+    proxy_set_header Host $host;
+  }
+}
+```
+
+## Apache httpd
+
+@TODO
+
+## Traefik v2
+
+We will see in this part how to set up a reverse proxy with [Traefik](https://docs.traefik.io/).
+
+Here is [a basic configuration file](https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/https/acme/#configuration-examples):
+
+```toml
+[entryPoints]
+  [entryPoints.web]
+    address = ":80"
+
+  [entryPoints.websecure]
+    address = ":443"
+
+[certificatesResolvers.myresolver.acme]
+  email = "your-email@example.com"
+  storage = "acme.json"
+  [certificatesResolvers.myresolver.acme.httpChallenge]
+    # used during the challenge
+    entryPoint = "web"
+```
+
+### Add Garage service
+
+To add Garage on Traefik you should declare two new services using its IP
+address (or hostname) and port, these are used for the S3, and web components
+of Garage:
+
+```toml
+[http.services]
+  [http.services.garage-s3-service.loadBalancer]
+    [[http.services.garage-s3-service.loadBalancer.servers]]
+      url = "http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+      port = 3900
+
+  [http.services.garage-web-service.loadBalancer]
+    [[http.services.garage-web-service.loadBalancer.servers]]
+      url = "http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+      port = 3902
+```
+
+It's possible to declare multiple Garage servers as back-ends:
+
+```toml
+[http.services]
+    [[http.services.garage-s3-service.loadBalancer.servers]]
+      url = "http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+      port = 3900
+    [[http.services.garage-s3-service.loadBalancer.servers]]
+      url = "http://yyy.yyy.yyy.yyy"
+      port = 3900
+    [[http.services.garage-s3-service.loadBalancer.servers]]
+      url = "http://zzz.zzz.zzz.zzz"
+      port = 3900
+
+    [[http.services.garage-web-service.loadBalancer.servers]]
+      url = "http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+      port = 3902
+    [[http.services.garage-web-service.loadBalancer.servers]]
+      url = "http://yyy.yyy.yyy.yyy"
+      port = 3902
+    [[http.services.garage-web-service.loadBalancer.servers]]
+      url = "http://zzz.zzz.zzz.zzz"
+      port = 3902
+```
+
+Traefik can remove unhealthy servers automatically with [a health check configuration](https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/routing/services/#health-check):
+
+```
+[http.services]
+  [http.services.garage-s3-service.loadBalancer]
+    [http.services.garage-s3-service.loadBalancer.healthCheck]
+      path = "/health"
+      port = "3903"
+      #interval = "15s"
+      #timeout = "2s"
+
+  [http.services.garage-web-service.loadBalancer]
+    [http.services.garage-web-service.loadBalancer.healthCheck]
+      path = "/health"
+      port = "3903"
+      #interval = "15s"
+      #timeout = "2s"
+```
+
+### Adding a website
+
+To add a new website, add the following declaration to your Traefik configuration file:
+
+```toml
+[http.routers]
+  [http.routers.garage-s3]
+    rule = "Host(`s3.example.org`)"
+    service = "garage-s3-service"
+    entryPoints = ["websecure"]
+
+  [http.routers.my_website]
+    rule = "Host(`yoururl.example.org`)"
+    service = "garage-web-service"
+    entryPoints = ["websecure"]
+```
+
+Enable HTTPS access to your website with the following configuration section ([documentation](https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/https/overview/)):
+
+```toml
+...
+    entryPoints = ["websecure"]
+    [http.routers.my_website.tls]
+      certResolver = "myresolver"
+...
+```
+
+### Adding compression
+
+Add the following configuration section [to compress response](https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/middlewares/http/compress/) using [gzip](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Glossary/GZip_compression) before sending them to the client:
+
+```toml
+[http.routers]
+  [http.routers.my_website]
+    ...
+    middlewares = ["compression"]
+    ...
+[http.middlewares]
+  [http.middlewares.compression.compress]
+```
+
+### Add caching response
+
+Traefik's caching middleware is only available on [entreprise version](https://doc.traefik.io/traefik-enterprise/middlewares/http-cache/), however the freely-available [Souin plugin](https://github.com/darkweak/souin#tr%C3%A6fik-container) can also do the job. (section to be completed)
+
+### Complete example
+
+```toml
+[entryPoints]
+  [entryPoints.web]
+    address = ":80"
+
+  [entryPoints.websecure]
+    address = ":443"
+
+[certificatesResolvers.myresolver.acme]
+  email = "your-email@example.com"
+  storage = "acme.json"
+  [certificatesResolvers.myresolver.acme.httpChallenge]
+    # used during the challenge
+    entryPoint = "web"
+
+[http.routers]
+  [http.routers.garage-s3]
+    rule = "Host(`s3.example.org`)"
+    service = "garage-s3-service"
+    entryPoints = ["websecure"]
+
+  [http.routers.my_website]
+    rule = "Host(`yoururl.example.org`)"
+    service = "garage-web-service"
+    middlewares = ["compression"]
+    entryPoints = ["websecure"]
+
+[http.services]
+  [http.services.garage-s3-service.loadBalancer]
+    [http.services.garage-s3-service.loadBalancer.healthCheck]
+      path = "/health"
+      port = "3903"
+      #interval = "15s"
+      #timeout = "2s"
+
+  [http.services.garage-web-service.loadBalancer]
+    [http.services.garage-web-service.loadBalancer.healthCheck]
+      path = "/health"
+      port = "3903"
+      #interval = "15s"
+      #timeout = "2s"
+
+    [[http.services.garage-s3-service.loadBalancer.servers]]
+      url = "http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+      port = 3900
+    [[http.services.garage-s3-service.loadBalancer.servers]]
+      url = "http://yyy.yyy.yyy.yyy"
+      port = 3900
+    [[http.services.garage-s3-service.loadBalancer.servers]]
+      url = "http://zzz.zzz.zzz.zzz"
+      port = 3900
+
+    [[http.services.garage-web-service.loadBalancer.servers]]
+      url = "http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+      port = 3902
+    [[http.services.garage-web-service.loadBalancer.servers]]
+      url = "http://yyy.yyy.yyy.yyy"
+      port = 3902
+    [[http.services.garage-web-service.loadBalancer.servers]]
+      url = "http://zzz.zzz.zzz.zzz"
+      port = 3902
+
+[http.middlewares]
+  [http.middlewares.compression.compress]
+```
+
+## Caddy
+
+Your Caddy configuration can be as simple as:
+
+```caddy
+s3.garage.tld, *.s3.garage.tld {
+	reverse_proxy localhost:3900 192.168.1.2:3900 example.tld:3900 {
+        health_uri       /health
+        health_port      3903
+        #health_interval 15s
+        #health_timeout  5s
+    }
+}
+
+*.web.garage.tld {
+	reverse_proxy localhost:3902 192.168.1.2:3902 example.tld:3902 {
+        health_uri       /health
+        health_port      3903
+        #health_interval 15s
+        #health_timeout  5s
+    }
+}
+
+admin.garage.tld {
+	reverse_proxy localhost:3903 {
+        health_uri       /health
+        health_port      3903
+        #health_interval 15s
+        #health_timeout  5s
+    }
+}
+```
+
+But at the same time, the `reverse_proxy` is very flexible.
+For a production deployment, you should [read its documentation](https://caddyserver.com/docs/caddyfile/directives/reverse_proxy) as it supports features like DNS discovery of upstreams, load balancing with checks, streaming parameters, etc.
+
+### Caching
+
+Caddy can compiled with a
+[cache plugin](https://github.com/caddyserver/cache-handler) which can be used
+to provide a hot-cache at the webserver-level for static websites hosted by
+Garage.
+
+This can be configured as follows:
+
+```caddy
+# Caddy global configuration section
+{
+	# Bare minimum configuration to enable cache.
+	order cache before rewrite
+
+	cache
+
+	#cache
+	#	allowed_http_verbs GET
+	#	default_cache_control public
+	#	ttl 8h
+	#}
+}
+
+# Site specific section
+https:// {
+	cache
+
+	#cache {
+	#	timeout {
+	#		backend 30s
+	#	}
+	#}
+
+	reverse_proxy ...
+}
+```
+
+Caching is a complicated subject, and the reader is encouraged to study the
+available options provided by the plugin.
+
+### On-demand TLS
+
+Caddy supports a technique called
+[on-demand TLS](https://caddyserver.com/docs/automatic-https#on-demand-tls), by
+which one can configure the webserver to provision TLS certificates when a
+client first connects to it.
+
+In order to prevent an attack vector whereby domains are simply pointed at your
+webserver and certificates are requested for them - Caddy can be configured to
+ask Garage if a domain is authorized for web hosting, before it then requests
+a TLS certificate.
+
+This 'check' endpoint, which is on the admin port (3903 by default), can be
+configured in Caddy's global section as follows:
+
+```caddy
+{
+	...
+	on_demand_tls {
+		ask http://localhost:3903/check
+		interval 2m
+		burst 5
+	}
+	...
+}
+```
+
+The host section can then be configured with (note that this uses the web
+endpoint instead):
+
+```caddy
+# For a specific set of subdomains
+*.web.garage.tld {
+	tls {
+		on_demand
+	}
+
+	reverse_proxy localhost:3902 192.168.1.2:3902 example.tld:3902
+}
+
+# Accept all domains on HTTPS
+# Never configure this without global section above
+https:// {
+	tls {
+		on_demand
+	}
+
+	reverse_proxy localhost:3902 192.168.1.2:3902 example.tld:3902
+}
+```
+
+More information on how this endpoint is implemented in Garage is available
+in the [Admin API Reference](@/documentation/reference-manual/admin-api.md) page.
+
+### Fileserver browser
+
+Caddy's built-in
+[file_server](https://caddyserver.com/docs/caddyfile/directives/file_server)
+browser functionality can be extended with the
+[caddy-fs-s3](https://github.com/sagikazarmark/caddy-fs-s3) module.
+
+This can be configured to use Garage as a backend with the following
+configuration:
+
+```caddy
+browse.garage.tld {
+    file_server {
+        fs s3 {
+            bucket test-bucket
+            region garage
+
+            endpoint https://s3.garage.tld
+            use_path_style
+        }
+
+        browse
+    }
+}
+```
+
+Caddy must also be configured with the required `AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID` and
+`AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY` environment variables to access the bucket.
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+++
+title = "Starting Garage with systemd"
+weight = 15
+++
+
+We make some assumptions for this systemd deployment. 
+
+  - Your garage binary is located at `/usr/local/bin/garage`.
+
+  - Your configuration file is located at `/etc/garage.toml`.
+
+  - Your `garage.toml` must be set with  `metadata_dir=/var/lib/garage/meta` and `data_dir=/var/lib/garage/data`. This is mandatory to use `systemd` hardening feature [Dynamic User](https://0pointer.net/blog/dynamic-users-with-systemd.html). Note that in your host filesystem, Garage data will be held in `/var/lib/private/garage`.
+
+
+
+Create a file named `/etc/systemd/system/garage.service`:
+
+```toml
+[Unit]
+Description=Garage Data Store
+After=network-online.target
+Wants=network-online.target
+
+[Service]
+Environment='RUST_LOG=garage=info' 'RUST_BACKTRACE=1'
+ExecStart=/usr/local/bin/garage server
+StateDirectory=garage
+DynamicUser=true
+ProtectHome=true
+NoNewPrivileges=true
+
+[Install]
+WantedBy=multi-user.target
+```
+
+**A note on hardening:** Garage will be run as a non privileged user, its user
+id is dynamically allocated by systemd (set with `DynamicUser=true`). It cannot
+access (read or write) home folders (`/home`, `/root` and `/run/user`), the
+rest of the filesystem can only be read but not written, only the path seen as
+`/var/lib/garage` is writable as seen by the service. Additionnaly, the process
+can not gain new privileges over time.
+
+For this to work correctly, your `garage.toml` must be set with
+`metadata_dir=/var/lib/garage/meta` and `data_dir=/var/lib/garage/data`. This
+is mandatory to use the DynamicUser hardening feature of systemd, which
+autocreates these directories as virtual mapping. If the directory
+`/var/lib/garage` already exists before starting the server for the first time,
+the systemd service might not start correctly.  Note that in your host
+filesystem, Garage data will be held in `/var/lib/private/garage`.
+
+To start the service then automatically enable it at boot:
+
+```bash
+sudo systemctl start garage
+sudo systemctl enable garage
+```
+
+To see if the service is running and to browse its logs:
+
+```bash
+sudo systemctl status garage
+sudo journalctl -u garage
+```
+
+If you want to modify the service file, do not forget to run `systemctl daemon-reload`
+to inform `systemd` of your modifications.
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+++
+title = "Design"
+weight = 70
+sort_by = "weight"
+template = "documentation.html"
+++
+
+The design section helps you to see Garage from a "big picture"
+perspective.  It will allow you to understand if Garage is a good fit for
+you, how to better use it, how to contribute to it, what can Garage could
+and could not do, etc.
+
+- **[Goals and use cases](@/documentation/design/goals.md):** This page explains why Garage was concieved and what practical use cases it targets.
+
+- **[Related work](@/documentation/design/related-work.md):** This pages presents the theoretical background on which Garage is built, and describes other software storage solutions and why they didn't work for us.
+
+- **[Internals](@/documentation/design/internals.md):** This page enters into more details on how Garage manages data internally.
+
+## Talks
+
+We love to talk and hear about Garage, that's why we keep a log here:
+
+  - [(en, 2023-01-18) Presentation of Garage with some details on CRDTs and data partitioning among nodes](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage/src/commit/4cff37397f626ef063dad29e5b5e97ab1206015d/doc/talks/2023-01-18-tocatta/talk.pdf)
+
+  - [(fr, 2022-11-19) De l'auto-hébergement à l'entre-hébergement : Garage, pour conserver ses données ensemble](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage/src/commit/4cff37397f626ef063dad29e5b5e97ab1206015d/doc/talks/2022-11-19-Capitole-du-Libre/pr%C3%A9sentation.pdf)
+
+  - [(en, 2022-06-23) General presentation of Garage](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage/src/commit/4cff37397f626ef063dad29e5b5e97ab1206015d/doc/talks/2022-06-23-stack/talk.pdf)
+
+  - [(fr, 2021-11-13, video) Garage : Mille et une façons de stocker vos données](https://video.tedomum.net/w/moYKcv198dyMrT8hCS5jz9) and [slides (html)](https://rfid.deuxfleurs.fr/presentations/2021-11-13/garage/) - during [RFID#1](https://rfid.deuxfleurs.fr/programme/2021-11-13/) event
+
+  - [(en, 2021-04-28) Distributed object storage is centralised](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage/src/commit/b1f60579a13d3c5eba7f74b1775c84639ea9b51a/doc/talks/2021-04-28_spirals-team/talk.pdf)
+
+  - [(fr, 2020-12-02) Garage : jouer dans la cour des grands quand on est un hébergeur associatif](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage/src/commit/b1f60579a13d3c5eba7f74b1775c84639ea9b51a/doc/talks/2020-12-02_wide-team/talk.pdf)
+
+
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+++
+title = "Benchmarks"
+weight = 40
+++
+
+With Garage, we wanted to build a software defined storage service that follow the [KISS principle](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KISS_principle),
+ that is suitable for geo-distributed deployments and more generally that would work well for community hosting (like a Mastodon instance).
+
+In our benchmarks, we aim to quantify how Garage performs on these goals compared to the other available solutions.
+
+## Geo-distribution
+
+The main challenge in a geo-distributed setup is latency between nodes of the cluster.
+The more a user request will require intra-cluster requests to complete, the more its latency will increase.
+This is especially true for sequential requests: requests that must wait the result of another request to be sent.
+We designed Garage without consensus algorithms (eg. Paxos or Raft) to minimize the number of sequential and parallel requests.
+
+This serie of benchmarks quantifies the impact of this design choice.
+
+### On a simple simulated network
+
+We start with a controlled environment, all the instances are running on the same (powerful enough) machine.
+
+To control the network latency, we simulate the network with [mknet](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/trinity-1686a/mknet) (a tool we developped, based on `tc` and the linux network stack).
+To mesure S3 endpoints latency, we use our own tool [s3lat](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/quentin/s3lat/) to observe only the intra-cluster latency and not some contention on the nodes (CPU, RAM, disk I/O, network bandwidth, etc.).
+Compared to other benchmark tools, S3Lat sends only one (small) request at the same time and measures its latency.
+We selected 5 standard endpoints that are often in the critical path: ListBuckets, ListObjects, GetObject, PutObject and RemoveObject.
+
+In this first benchmark, we consider 5 instances that are located in a different place each. To simulate the distance, we configure mknet with a RTT between each node of 100 ms +/- 20 ms of jitter. We get the following graph, where the colored bars represent the mean latency while the error bars the minimum and maximum one:
+
+![Comparison of endpoints latency for minio and garage](./endpoint-latency.png)
+
+Compared to garage, minio latency drastically increases on 3 endpoints: GetObject, PutObject, RemoveObject.
+
+We suppose that these requests on minio make transactions over Raft, involving 4 sequential requests: 1) sending the message to the leader, 2) having the leader dispatch it to the other nodes, 3) waiting for the confirmation of followers and finally 4) commiting it. With our current configuration, one Raft transaction will take around 400 ms. GetObject seems to correlate to 1 transaction while PutObject and RemoveObject seems to correlate to 2 or 3. Reviewing minio code would be required to confirm this hypothesis.
+
+Conversely, garage uses an architecture similar to DynamoDB and never require global cluster coordination to answer a request.
+Instead, garage can always contact the right node in charge of the requested data, and can answer in as low as one request in the case of GetObject and PutObject. We also observed that Garage latency, while often lower to minio, is more dispersed: garage is still in beta and has not received any performance optimization yet.
+
+As a conclusion, Garage performs well in such setup while minio will be hard to use, especially for interactive use cases.
+
+### On a complex simulated network
+
+This time we consider a more heterogeneous network with 6 servers spread in 3 datacenter, giving us 2 servers per datacenters.
+We consider that intra-DC communications are now very cheap with a latency of 0.5ms and without any jitter.
+The inter-DC remains costly with the same value as before (100ms +/- 20ms of jitter).
+We plot a similar graph as before:
+
+![Comparison of endpoints latency for minio and garage with 6  nodes in 3 DC](./endpoint-latency-dc.png)
+
+This new graph is very similar to the one before, neither minio or garage seems to benefit from this new topology, but they also do not suffer from it.
+
+Considering garage, this is expected: nodes in the same DC are put in the same zone, and then data are spread on different zones for data resiliency and availaibility.
+Then, in the default mode, requesting data requires to query at least 2 zones to be sure that we have the most up to date information.
+These requests will involve at least one inter-DC communication.
+In other words, we prioritize data availability and synchronization over raw performances.
+
+Minio's case is a bit different as by default a minio cluster is not location aware, so we can't explain its performances through location awareness.
+*We know that minio has a multi site mode but it is definitely not a first class citizen: data are asynchronously replicated from one minio cluster to another.*
+We suppose that, due to the consensus, for many of its requests minio will wait for a response of the majority of the server, also involving inter-DC communications.
+
+As a conclusion, our new topology did not influence garage or minio performances, confirming that in presence of latency, garage is the best fit.
+
+### On a real world deployment
+
+*TODO*
+
+
+## Performance stability
+
+A storage cluster will encounter different scenario over its life, many of them will not be predictable.
+In this context, we argue that, more than peak performances, we should seek predictable and stable performances to ensure data availability.
+
+### Reference
+
+*TODO*
+
+### On a degraded cluster
+
+*TODO*
+
+### At scale
+
+*TODO*
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+++
+title = "Goals and use cases"
+weight = 10
+++
+
+## Goals and non-goals
+
+Garage is a lightweight geo-distributed data store that implements the
+[Amazon S3](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/Welcome.html)
+object storage protocol. It enables applications to store large blobs such
+as pictures, video, images, documents, etc., in a redundant multi-node
+setting. S3 is versatile enough to also be used to publish a static
+website.
+
+Garage is an opinionated object storage solution, we focus on the following **desirable properties**:
+
+  - **Internet enabled**: made for multi-sites (eg. datacenters, offices, households, etc.) interconnected through regular Internet connections.
+  - **Self-contained & lightweight**: works everywhere and integrates well in existing environments to target [hyperconverged infrastructures](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyper-converged_infrastructure).
+  - **Highly resilient**: highly resilient to network failures, network latency, disk failures, sysadmin failures.
+  - **Simple**: simple to understand, simple to operate, simple to debug.
+
+We also noted that the pursuit of some other goals are detrimental to our initial goals.
+The following has been identified as **non-goals** (if these points matter to you, you should not use Garage):
+
+  - **Extreme performances**: high performances constrain a lot the design and the infrastructure; we seek performances through minimalism only.
+  - **Feature extensiveness**: we do not plan to add additional features compared to the ones provided by the S3 API.
+  - **Storage optimizations**: erasure coding or any other coding technique both increase the difficulty of placing data and synchronizing; we limit ourselves to duplication.
+  - **POSIX/Filesystem compatibility**: we do not aim at being POSIX compatible or to emulate any kind of filesystem. Indeed, in a distributed environment, such synchronizations are translated in network messages that impose severe constraints on the deployment.
+
+## Use-cases
+
+*Are you also using Garage in your organization? [Open a PR](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage) to add your use case here!*
+
+### Deuxfleurs
+
+[Deuxfleurs](https://deuxfleurs.fr) is an experimental non-profit hosting
+organization that develops Garage. Deuxfleurs is focused on building highly
+available infrastructure through redundancy in multiple geographical
+locations. They use Garage themselves for the following tasks:
+
+- Hosting of [main website](https://deuxfleurs.fr), [this website](https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr), as well as the personal website of many of the members of the organization
+
+- As a [Matrix media backend](https://github.com/matrix-org/synapse-s3-storage-provider)
+
+- As a Nix binary cache
+
+- To store personal data and shared documents through [Bagage](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/bagage), a homegrown WebDav-to-S3 and SFTP-to-S3 proxy
+
+- As a backup target using `rclone` and `restic`
+
+The Deuxfleurs Garage cluster is a multi-site cluster currently composed of
+9 nodes in 3 physical locations.
+
+### Triplebit
+
+[Triplebit](https://www.triplebit.org) is a non-profit hosting provider and
+ISP focused on improving access to privacy-related services. They use
+Garage themselves for the following tasks:
+
+- Hosting of their homepage, [privacyguides.org](https://www.privacyguides.org/), and various other static sites
+
+- As a Mastodon object storage backend for [mstdn.party](https://mstdn.party/) and [mstdn.plus](https://mstdn.plus/)
+
+- As a PeerTube storage backend for [neat.tube](https://neat.tube/)
+
+- As a [Matrix media backend](https://github.com/matrix-org/synapse-s3-storage-provider)
+
+Triplebit's Garage cluster is a multi-site cluster currently composed of
+10 nodes in 3 physical locations.
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+++
+title = "Internals"
+weight = 20
+++
+
+## Overview
+
+TODO: write this section
+
+- The Dynamo ring (see [this paper](https://dl.acm.org/doi/abs/10.1145/1323293.1294281) and [that paper](https://www.usenix.org/conference/nsdi16/technical-sessions/presentation/eisenbud))
+
+- CRDTs (see [this paper](https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-642-24550-3_29))
+
+- Consistency model of Garage tables
+
+In the meantime, you can find some information at the following links:
+
+- [this presentation (in French)](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage/src/branch/main/doc/talks/2020-12-02_wide-team/talk.pdf)
+
+- [an old design draft](@/documentation/working-documents/design-draft.md)
+
+
+## Request routing logic
+
+Data retrieval requests to Garage endpoints (S3 API and websites) are resolved 
+to an individual object in a bucket. Since objects are replicated to multiple nodes 
+Garage must ensure consistency before answering the request.
+
+### Using quorum to ensure consistency
+
+Garage ensures consistency by attempting to establish a quorum with the
+data nodes responsible for the object. When a majority of the data nodes
+have provided metadata on a object Garage can then answer the request.
+
+When a request arrives Garage will, assuming the recommended 3 replicas, perform the following actions:
+
+- Make a request to the two preferred nodes for object metadata
+- Try the third node if one of the two initial requests fail
+- Check that the metadata from at least 2 nodes match
+- Check that the object hasn't been marked deleted
+- Answer the request with inline data from metadata if object is small enough
+- Or get data blocks from the preferred nodes and answer using the assembled object
+
+Garage dynamically determines which nodes to query based on health, preference, and 
+which nodes actually host a given data. Garage has no concept of "primary" so any 
+healthy node with the data can be used as long as a quorum is reached for the metadata.
+
+### Node health
+
+Garage keeps a TCP session open to each node in the cluster and periodically pings them. If a connection
+cannot be established, or a node fails to answer a number of pings, the target node is marked as failed.
+Failed nodes are not used for quorum or other internal requests.
+
+### Node preference
+
+Garage prioritizes which nodes to query according to a few criteria:
+
+- A node always prefers itself if it can answer the request
+- Then the node prioritizes nodes in the same zone
+- Finally the nodes with the lowest latency are prioritized 
+
+
+For further reading on the cluster structure look at the [gateway](@/documentation/cookbook/gateways.md) 
+and [cluster layout management](@/documentation/operations/layout.md) pages.
+
+## Garbage collection
+
+A faulty garbage collection procedure has been the cause of
+[critical bug #39](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage/issues/39).
+This precise bug was fixed in the code, however there are potentially more
+general issues with the garbage collector being too eager and deleting things
+too early. This has been the subject of
+[PR #135](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage/pulls/135).
+This section summarizes the discussions on this topic.
+
+Rationale: we want to ensure Garage's safety by making sure things don't get
+deleted from disk if they are still needed. Two aspects are involved in this.
+
+### 1. Garbage collection of table entries (in `meta/` directory)
+
+The `Entry` trait used for table entries (defined in `tables/schema.rs`)
+defines a function `is_tombstone()` that returns `true` if that entry
+represents an entry that is deleted in the table. CRDT semantics by default
+keep all tombstones, because they are necessary for reconciliation: if node A
+has a tombstone that supersedes a value `x`, and node B has value `x`, A has to
+keep the tombstone in memory so that the value `x` can be properly deleted at
+node `B`. Otherwise, due to the CRDT reconciliation rule, the value `x` from B
+would flow back to A and a deleted item would reappear in the system.
+
+Here, we have some control on the nodes involved in storing Garage data.
+Therefore we have a garbage collector that is able to delete tombstones UNDER
+CERTAIN CONDITIONS. This garbage collector is implemented in `table/gc.rs`. To
+delete a tombstone, the following condition has to be met:
+
+- All nodes responsible for storing this entry are aware of the existence of
+  the tombstone, i.e. they cannot hold another version of the entry that is
+  superseeded by the tombstone. This ensures that deleting the tombstone is
+  safe and that no deleted value will come back in the system.
+
+Garage uses atomic database operations (such as compare-and-swap and
+transactions) to ensure that only tombstones that have been correctly
+propagated to other nodes are ever deleted from the local entry tree.
+
+This GC is safe in the following sense: no non-tombstone data is ever deleted
+from Garage tables.
+
+**However**, there is an issue with the way this interacts with data
+rebalancing in the case when a partition is moving between nodes. If a node has
+some data of a partition for which it is not responsible, it has to offload it.
+However that offload process takes some time. In that interval, the GC does not
+check with that node if it has the tombstone before deleting the tombstone, so
+perhaps it doesn't have it and when the offload finally happens, old data comes
+back in the system.
+
+**PR 135 mostly fixes this** by implementing a 24-hour delay before anything is
+garbage collected in a table. This works under the assumption that rebalances
+that follow data shuffling terminate in less than 24 hours.
+
+**However**, in distributed systems, it is generally considered a bad practice
+to make assumptions that information propagates in a certain time interval:
+this consists in making a synchrony assumption, meaning that we are basically
+assuming a computing model that has much stronger properties than otherwise. To
+maximize the applicability of Garage, we would like to remove this assumption,
+and implement a system where time does not play a role. To do this, we would
+need to find a way to safely disable the GC when data is being shuffled around,
+and safely detect that the shuffling has terminated and thus the GC can be
+resumed. This introduces some complexity to the protocol and hasn't been
+tackled yet.
+
+### 2. Garbage collection of data blocks (in `data/` directory)
+
+Blocks in the data directory are reference-counted. In Garage versions before
+PR #135, blocks could get deleted from local disk as soon as their reference
+counter reached zero. We had a mechanism to not trigger this immediately at the
+rc-reaches-zero event, but the cleanup could be triggered by other means (for
+example by a block repair operation...). PR #135 added a safety measure so that
+blocks never get deleted in a 10 minute interval following the time when the RC
+reaches zero. This is a measure to make impossible race conditions such as #39.
+We would have liked to use a larger delay (e.g. 24 hours), but in the case of a
+rebalance of data, this would have led to the disk utilization to explode
+during the rebalancing, only to shrink again after 24 hours. The 10-minute
+delay is a compromise that gives good security while not having this problem of
+disk space explosion on rebalance.
+
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+++
+title = "Related work"
+weight = 50
+++
+
+## Context
+
+Data storage is critical: it can lead to data loss if done badly and/or on hardware failure.
+Filesystems + RAID can help on a single machine but a machine failure can put the whole storage offline.
+Moreover, it put a hard limit on scalability. Often this limit can be pushed back far away by buying expensive machines.
+But here we consider non specialized off the shelf machines that can be as low powered and subject to failures as a raspberry pi.
+
+Distributed storage may help to solve both availability and scalability problems on these machines.
+Many solutions were proposed, they can be categorized as block storage, file storage and object storage depending on the abstraction they provide.
+
+## Overview
+
+Block storage is the most low level one, it's like exposing your raw hard drive over the network.
+It requires very low latencies and stable network, that are often dedicated.
+However it provides disk devices that can be manipulated by the operating system with the less constraints: it can be partitioned with any filesystem, meaning that it supports even the most exotic features.
+We can cite [iSCSI](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISCSI) or [Fibre Channel](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fibre_Channel).
+Openstack Cinder proxy previous solution to provide an uniform API.
+
+File storage provides a higher abstraction, they are one filesystem among others, which means they don't necessarily have all the exotic features of every filesystem.
+Often, they relax some POSIX constraints while many applications will still be compatible without any modification.
+As an example, we are able to run MariaDB (very slowly) over GlusterFS...
+We can also mention CephFS (read [RADOS](https://doi.org/10.1145/1374596.1374606) whitepaper [[pdf](https://ceph.com/assets/pdfs/weil-rados-pdsw07.pdf)]), Lustre, LizardFS, MooseFS, etc.
+OpenStack Manila proxy previous solutions to provide an uniform API.
+
+Finally object storages provide the highest level abstraction.
+They are the testimony that the POSIX filesystem API is not adapted to distributed filesystems.
+Especially, the strong concistency has been dropped in favor of eventual consistency which is way more convenient and powerful in presence of high latencies and unreliability.
+We often read about S3 that pioneered the concept that it's a filesystem for the WAN.
+Applications must be adapted to work for the desired object storage service.
+Today, the S3 HTTP REST API acts as a standard in the industry.
+However, Amazon S3 source code is not open but alternatives were proposed.
+We identified Minio, Pithos, Swift and Ceph.
+Minio/Ceph enforces a total order, so properties similar to a (relaxed) filesystem.
+Swift and Pithos are probably the most similar to AWS S3 with their consistent hashing ring.
+However Pithos is not maintained anymore. More precisely the company that published Pithos version 1 has developped a second version 2 but has not open sourced it.
+Some tests conducted by the [ACIDES project](https://acides.org/) have shown that Openstack Swift consumes way more resources (CPU+RAM) that we can afford. Furthermore, people developing Swift have not designed their software for geo-distribution.
+
+There were many attempts in research too. I am only thinking to [LBFS](https://pdos.csail.mit.edu/papers/lbfs:sosp01/lbfs.pdf) that was used as a basis for Seafile. But none of them have been effectively implemented yet.
+
+## Existing software
+
+**[MinIO](https://min.io/):** MinIO shares our *Self-contained & lightweight* goal but selected two of our non-goals: *Storage optimizations* through erasure coding and *POSIX/Filesystem compatibility* through strong consistency.
+However, by pursuing these two non-goals, MinIO do not reach our desirable properties.
+Firstly, it fails on the *Simple* property: due to the erasure coding, MinIO has severe limitations on how drives can be added or deleted from a cluster.
+Secondly, it fails on the *Internet enabled* property: due to its strong consistency, MinIO is latency sensitive.
+Furthermore, MinIO has no knowledge of "sites" and thus can not distribute data to minimize the failure of a given site.
+
+**[Openstack Swift](https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/):**
+OpenStack Swift at least fails on the *Self-contained & lightweight* goal.
+Starting it requires around 8GB of RAM, which is too much especially in an hyperconverged infrastructure.
+We also do not classify Swift as *Simple*.
+
+**[Ceph](https://ceph.io/ceph-storage/object-storage/):**
+This review holds for the whole Ceph stack, including the RADOS paper, Ceph Object Storage module, the RADOS Gateway, etc.
+At its core, Ceph has been designed to provide *POSIX/Filesystem compatibility* which requires strong consistency, which in turn
+makes Ceph latency-sensitive and fails our *Internet enabled* goal.
+Due to its industry oriented design, Ceph is also far from being *Simple* to operate and from being *Self-contained & lightweight* which makes it hard to integrate it in an hyperconverged infrastructure.
+In a certain way, Ceph and MinIO are closer together than they are from Garage or OpenStack Swift.
+
+**[Pithos](https://github.com/exoscale/pithos):**
+Pithos has been abandonned and should probably not used yet, in the following we explain why we did not pick their design.
+Pithos was relying as a S3 proxy in front of Cassandra (and was working with Scylla DB too).
+From its designers' mouth, storing data in Cassandra has shown its limitations justifying the project abandonment.
+They built a closed-source version 2 that does not store blobs in the database (only metadata) but did not communicate further on it.
+We considered their v2's design but concluded that it does not fit both our *Self-contained & lightweight* and *Simple* properties. It makes the development, the deployment and the operations more complicated while reducing the flexibility.
+
+**[Riak CS](https://docs.riak.com/riak/cs/2.1.1/index.html):**
+*Not written yet*
+
+**[IPFS](https://ipfs.io/):** IPFS has design goals radically different from Garage, we have [a blog post](@/blog/2022-ipfs/index.md) talking about it.
+
+## Specific research papers
+
+*Not yet written*
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+++
+title = "Development"
+weight = 80
+sort_by = "weight"
+template = "documentation.html"
+++
+
+Now that you are a Garage expert, you want to enhance it, you are in the right place!
+We discuss here how to hack on Garage, how we manage its development, etc.
+
+## Rust API (docs.rs)
+If you encounter a specific bug in Garage or plan to patch it, you may jump directly to the source code's documentation!
+
+  - [garage\_api](https://docs.rs/garage_api/latest/garage_api/) - contains the S3 standard API endpoint
+  - [garage\_model](https://docs.rs/garage_model/latest/garage_model/) - contains Garage's model built on the table abstraction
+  - [garage\_rpc](https://docs.rs/garage_rpc/latest/garage_rpc/) - contains Garage's federation protocol
+  - [garage\_table](https://docs.rs/garage_table/latest/garage_table/) - contains core Garage's CRDT datatypes
+  - [garage\_util](https://docs.rs/garage_util/latest/garage_util/) - contains garage helpers
+  - [garage\_web](https://docs.rs/garage_web/latest/garage_web/) - contains the S3 website endpoint
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+++
+title = "Setup your environment"
+weight = 5
+++
+
+Depending on your tastes, you can bootstrap your development environment in a traditional Rust way or through Nix.
+
+## The Nix way
+
+Nix is a generic package manager we use to precisely define our development environment.
+Instructions on how to install it are given on their [Download page](https://nixos.org/download.html).
+
+Check that your installation is working by running the following commands:
+
+```
+nix-shell --version
+nix-build --version
+nix-env   --version
+```
+
+Now, you can clone our git repository (run `nix-env -iA git` if you do not have git yet):
+
+```bash
+git clone https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage
+cd garage
+```
+
+*Optionally, you can use our nix.conf file to speed up compilations:*
+
+```bash
+sudo mkdir -p /etc/nix
+sudo cp nix/nix.conf /etc/nix/nix.conf
+sudo killall nix-daemon
+```
+
+Now you can enter our nix-shell, all the required packages will be downloaded but they will not pollute your environment outside of the shell:
+
+```bash
+nix-shell -A devShell
+```
+
+You can use the traditional Rust development workflow:
+
+```bash
+cargo build  # compile the project
+cargo run    # execute the project
+cargo test   # run the tests
+cargo fmt    # format the project, run it before any commit!
+cargo clippy # run the linter, run it before any commit!
+```
+
+You can build the project with Nix by running:
+
+```bash
+nix-build
+```
+
+You can parallelize the build (if you use our nix.conf file, it is already automatically done).
+To use all your cores when building a derivation use `-j`, and to build multiple derivations at once use `--max-jobs`.
+The special value `auto` will be replaced by the number of cores of your computer.
+An example:
+
+```bash
+nix-build -j $(nproc) --max-jobs auto
+```
+
+Our build has multiple parameters you might want to set:
+  - `release` to build with release optimisations instead of debug
+  - `target` allows for cross compilation
+  - `compileMode` can be set to test or bench to build a unit test runner
+  - `git_version` to inject the hash to display when running `garage stats`
+
+An example:
+
+```bash
+nix-build \
+  --arg release true \
+  --argstr target x86_64-unknown-linux-musl \
+  --argstr compileMode build \
+  --git_version $(git rev-parse HEAD)
+```
+
+*The result is located in `result/bin`. You can pass arguments to cross compile: check `.woodpecker/release.yml` for examples.*
+
+If you modify a `Cargo.toml` or regenerate any `Cargo.lock`, you must run `cargo2nix`:
+
+```
+cargo2nix -f
+```
+
+Many tools like rclone, `mc` (minio-client), or `aws` (awscliv2) will be available in your environment and will be useful to test Garage.
+
+**This is the recommended method.**
+
+## The Rust way
+
+You need a Rust distribution installed on your computer.
+The most simple way is to install it from [rustup](https://rustup.rs).
+Please avoid using your package manager to install Rust as some tools might be outdated or missing.
+
+Now, check your Rust distribution works by running the following commands:
+
+```bash
+rustc --version
+cargo --version
+rustfmt --version
+clippy-driver --version
+```
+
+Now, you need to clone our git repository ([how to install git](https://git-scm.com/downloads)):
+
+```bash
+git clone https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage
+cd garage
+```
+
+You can now use the following commands:
+
+```bash
+cargo build  # compile the project
+cargo run    # execute the project
+cargo test   # run the tests
+cargo fmt    # format the project, run it before any commit!
+cargo clippy # run the linter, run it before any commit!
+```
+
+This is specific to our project, but you will need one last tool, `cargo2nix`.
+To install it, run:
+
+```bash
+cargo install --git https://github.com/superboum/cargo2nix --branch main cargo2nix
+```
+
+You must use it every time you modify a `Cargo.toml` or regenerate a `Cargo.lock` file as follow:
+
+```bash
+cargo build  # Rebuild Cargo.lock if needed
+cargo2nix -f
+```
+
+It will output a `Cargo.nix` file which is a specific `Cargo.lock` file dedicated to Nix that is required by our CI
+which means you must include it in your commits.
+
+Later, to use our scripts and integration tests, you might need additional tools.
+These tools are listed at the end of the `shell.nix` package in the `nativeBuildInputs` part.
+It is up to you to find a way to install the ones you need on your computer.
+
+**A global drawback of this method is that it is up to you to adapt your environment to the one defined in the Nix files.**
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+++
+title = "Miscellaneous notes"
+weight = 20
+++
+
+## Quirks about cargo2nix/rust in Nix
+
+If you use submodules in your crate (like `crdt` and `replication` in `garage_table`), you must list them in `default.nix`
+
+The Windows target does not work. it might be solvable through [overrides](https://github.com/cargo2nix/cargo2nix/blob/master/overlay/overrides.nix). Indeed, we pass `x86_64-pc-windows-gnu` but mingw need `x86_64-w64-mingw32`
+
+We have a simple [PR on cargo2nix](https://github.com/cargo2nix/cargo2nix/pull/201) that fixes critical bugs but the project does not seem very active currently. We must use [my patched version of cargo2nix](https://github.com/superboum/cargo2nix) to enable i686 and armv6l compilation. We might need to contribute to cargo2nix in the future.
+
+
+## Nix
+
+Nix has no armv7 + musl toolchains but armv7l is backward compatible with armv6l.
+
+```bash
+cat > $HOME/.awsrc <<EOF
+export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID="xxx"
+export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY="xxx"
+EOF
+
+# source each time you want to send on the cache
+source ~/.awsrc
+
+# copy garage build dependencies (and not only the output)
+nix-build
+nix-store -qR --include-outputs $(nix-instantiate default.nix) 
+  | xargs nix copy --to 's3://nix?endpoint=garage.deuxfleurs.fr&region=garage'
+  
+# copy shell dependencies
+nix-build shell.nix -A inputDerivation
+nix copy $(nix-store -qR result/) --to 's3://nix?endpoint=garage.deuxfleurs.fr&region=garage' 
+```
+
+More example of nix-copy
+
+```
+# nix-build produces a result/ symlink
+nix copy result/ --to 's3://nix?endpoint=garage.deuxfleurs.fr&region=garage'
+
+# alternative ways to use nix copy
+nix copy nixpkgs.garage --to ...
+nix copy /nix/store/3rbb9qsc2w6xl5xccz5ncfhy33nzv3dp-crate-garage-0.3.0 --to ...
+```
+    
+
+Clear the cache:
+
+```bash
+mc rm --recursive --force garage/nix/
+```
+
+---
+
+A desirable `nix.conf` for a consumer:
+
+```toml
+substituters = https://cache.nixos.org https://nix.web.deuxfleurs.fr
+trusted-public-keys = cache.nixos.org-1:6NCHdD59X431o0gWypbMrAURkbJ16ZPMQFGspcDShjY= nix.web.deuxfleurs.fr:eTGL6kvaQn6cDR/F9lDYUIP9nCVR/kkshYfLDJf1yKs=
+```
+
+And now, whenever you run a command like:
+
+```
+nix-shell
+nix-build
+```
+
+Our cache will be checked.
+
+### Some references about Nix
+
+
+ - https://doc.rust-lang.org/nightly/rustc/platform-support.html
+ - https://nix.dev/tutorials/cross-compilation
+ - https://nixos.org/manual/nix/unstable/package-management/s3-substituter.html
+ - https://fzakaria.com/2020/09/28/nix-copy-closure-your-nix-shell.html
+ - http://www.lpenz.org/articles/nixchannel/index.html
+
+
+## Woodpecker
+
+Woodpecker can do parallelism both at the step and the pipeline level. At the step level, parallelism is restricted to the same runner.
+
+## Building Docker containers
+
+We were:
+  - Unable to use the official Docker plugin because
+    - it requires to mount docker socket in the container but it is not recommended
+    - you cant set the platform when building
+  - Unable to use buildah because it needs `CLONE_USERNS` capability
+  - Unable to use the kaniko plugin for Drone as we can't set the target platform
+  - Unable to use the kaniko container provided by Google as we can't run arbitrary logic: we need to put our secret in .docker/config.json.
+
+Finally we chose to build kaniko through nix and use it in a `nix-shell`.
+We then switched to using kaniko from nixpkgs when it was packaged.
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+++
+title = "Release process"
+weight = 15
+++
+
+Before releasing a new version of Garage, our code pass through a succession of checks and transformations.
+We define them as our release process.
+
+## Trigger and classify a release
+
+While we run some tests on every commits, we do not make a release for all of them.
+
+A release can be triggered manually by "promoting" a successful build.
+Otherwise, every night, a release build is triggered on the `main` branch.
+
+If the build is from a tag following the regex: `v[0-9]+\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+`, it will be listed as stable.
+If it is a tag but with a different format, it will be listed as Extra.
+Otherwise, if it is a commit, it will be listed as development.
+This logic is defined in `nix/build_index.nix`.
+
+## Testing
+
+For each commit, we first pass the code to a formatter (rustfmt) and a linter (clippy).
+Then we try to build it in debug mode and run both unit tests and our integration tests.
+
+Additionnaly, when releasing, our integration tests are run on the release build for amd64 and i686.
+
+## Generated Artifacts
+
+We generate the following binary artifacts for now:
+  - **architecture**: amd64, i686, aarch64, armv6
+  - **os**: linux
+  - **format**: static binary, docker container
+
+Additionnaly we also build two web pages and one JSON document:
+  - the documentation (this website)
+  - [the release page](https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/_releases.html)
+  - [the release list in JSON format](https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/_releases.json)
+
+We publish the static binaries on our own garage cluster (you can access them through the releases page)
+and the docker containers on Docker Hub.
+
+## Automation
+
+We automated our release process with Nix and Woodpecker to make it more reliable.
+Here we describe how we have done in case you want to debug or improve it.
+
+### Caching build steps
+
+To speed up the CI, we use the caching feature provided by Nix.
+
+You can benefit from it by using our provided `nix.conf` as recommended or by simply adding the following lines to your file:
+
+```toml
+substituters = https://cache.nixos.org https://nix.web.deuxfleurs.fr
+trusted-public-keys = cache.nixos.org-1:6NCHdD59X431o0gWypbMrAURkbJ16ZPMQFGspcDShjY= nix.web.deuxfleurs.fr:eTGL6kvaQn6cDR/F9lDYUIP9nCVR/kkshYfLDJf1yKs=
+```
+
+Sending to the cache is done through `nix copy`, for example:
+
+```bash
+nix copy --to 's3://nix?endpoint=garage.deuxfleurs.fr&region=garage&secret-key=/etc/nix/signing-key.sec' result
+```
+
+*The signing key possessed by the Garage maintainers is required to update the Nix cache.*
+
+The previous command will only send the built package and not its dependencies.
+In the case of our CI pipeline, we want to cache all intermediate build steps
+as well. This can be done using this quite involved command (here as an example
+for the `pkgs.amd64.relase` package):
+
+```bash
+nix copy -j8 \
+    --to 's3://nix?endpoint=garage.deuxfleurs.fr&region=garage&secret-key=/etc/nix/nix-signing-key.sec' \
+    $(nix path-info pkgs.amd64.release --file default.nix --derivation --recursive | sed 's/\.drv$/.drv^*/')
+```
+
+This command will simultaneously build all of the required Nix paths (using at
+most 8 parallel Nix builder jobs) and send the resulting objects to the cache.
+
+This can be run for all the Garage packages we build using the following command:
+
+```
+source ~/.awsrc
+nix-shell --attr cache --run 'refresh_cache'
+```
+
+We don't automate this step at each CI build, as *there is currently no automatic garbage collection of the cache.*
+This means we should also monitor the cache's size; if it ever becomes too big we can erase it with:
+
+```
+mc rm --recursive --force 'garage/nix/'
+```
+
+### Publishing Garage
+
+We defined our publishing logic in Nix, mostly as shell hooks.
+You can inspect them in `shell.nix` to see exactly how.
+Here, we will give a quick explanation on how to use them to manually publish a release.
+
+Supposing you just have built garage as follow:
+
+```bash
+nix-build --arg release true
+```
+
+To publish a static binary in `result/bin` on garagehq, run:
+
+```bash
+export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=xxx
+export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=xxx
+export DRONE_TAG=handcrafted-1.0.0 # or DRONE_COMMIT
+export TARGET=x86_64-unknown-linux-musl
+
+nix-shell --run to_s3
+```
+
+To create and publish a docker container, run:
+
+```bash
+export DOCKER_AUTH='{ "auths": { "https://index.docker.io/v1/": { "auth": "xxxx" }}}'
+export DOCKER_PLATFORM='linux/amd64' # check GOARCH and GOOS from golang.org
+export CONTAINER_NAME='me/amd64_garage'
+export CONTAINER_TAG='handcrafted-1.0.0'
+
+nix-shell --run to_docker
+```
+
+To rebuild the release page, run:
+```bash
+export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=xxx
+export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=xxx
+
+nix-shell --run refresh_index
+```
+
+If you want to compile for different architectures, you will need to repeat all these commands for each architecture.
+
+**In practice, and except for debugging, you will never directly run these commands. Release is handled by Woodpecker.**
+
+### Drone (obsolete)
+
+Our instance is available at [https://drone.deuxfleurs.fr](https://drone.deuxfleurs.fr).  
+You need an account on [https://git.deuxfleurs.fr](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr) to use it.
+
+**Drone CLI** - Drone has a CLI tool to interact with.
+It can be downloaded from its Github [release page](https://github.com/drone/drone-cli/releases).
+
+To communicate with our instance, you must setup some environment variables.
+You can get them from your [Account Settings](https://drone.deuxfleurs.fr/account).
+
+To make drone easier to use, you could create a `~/.dronerc` that you could source each time you want to use it.
+
+```
+export DRONE_SERVER=https://drone.deuxfleurs.fr
+export DRONE_TOKEN=xxx
+drone info
+```
+
+The CLI tool is very self-discoverable, just append `--help` to each subcommands.
+Start with:
+
+```bash
+drone --help
+```
+
+**.drone.yml** - The builds steps are defined in `.drone.yml`.  
+You can not edit this file without resigning it.
+
+To sign it, you must be a maintainer and then run:
+
+```bash
+drone sign --save Deuxfleurs/garage
+```
+
+Looking at the file, you will see that most of the commands are `nix-shell` and `nix-build` commands with various parameters.
+
+
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+++
+title = "Development scripts"
+weight = 10
+++
+
+We maintain a `script/` folder that contains some useful script to ease testing on Garage.
+
+A fully integrated script, `test-smoke.sh`, runs some basic tests on various tools such as minio client, awscli and rclone.
+To run it, enter a `nix-shell` (or install all required tools) and simply run:
+
+```bash
+nix-build # or cargo build
+./script/test-smoke.sh
+```
+
+If something fails, you can find useful logs in `/tmp/garage.log`.
+You can inspect the generated configuration and local data created by inspecting your `/tmp` directory:
+the script creates files and folder prefixed with the name "garage".
+
+## Bootstrapping a test cluster
+
+Under the hood `test-smoke.sh` uses multiple helpers scripts you can also run in case you want to manually test Garage.
+In this section, we introduce 3 scripts to quickly bootstrap a full test cluster with 3 instances.
+
+### 1. Start each daemon
+
+```bash
+./script/dev-cluster.sh
+```
+
+This script spawns 3 Garage instances with 3 configuration files.
+You can inspect the detailed configuration, including ports, by inspecting `/tmp/config.1` (change 1 by the instance number you want).
+
+This script also spawns a simple HTTPS reverse proxy through `socat` for the S3 endpoint that listens on port `4443`.
+Some libraries might require a TLS endpoint to work, refer to our issue [#64](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage/issues/64) for more detailed information on this subject.
+
+This script covers the [Launching the garage server](@/documentation/quick-start/_index.md#launching-the-garage-server) section of our Quick start page.
+
+### 2. Make them join the cluster
+
+```bash
+./script/dev-configure.sh
+```
+
+This script will configure each instance by assigning them a zone (`dc1`) and a weight (`1`).
+
+This script covers the [Creating a cluster layout](@/documentation/quick-start/_index.md#creating-a-cluster-layout) section of our Quick start page.
+
+### 3. Create a key and a bucket
+
+```bash
+./script/dev-bucket.sh
+```
+
+This script will create a bucket named `eprouvette` with a key having read and write rights on this bucket.
+The key is stored in a filed named `/tmp/garage.s3` and can be used by the following tools to pre-configure them.
+
+This script covers the [Creating buckets and keys](@/documentation/quick-start/_index.md#creating-buckets-and-keys) section of our Quick start page.
+
+## Handlers for generic tools
+
+We provide wrappers for some CLI tools that configure themselves for your development cluster.
+They are meant to save you some configuration time as to use them, you are only required to source the right file.
+
+### awscli
+
+```bash
+source ./script/dev-env-aws.sh
+
+# some examples
+aws s3 ls s3://eprouvette
+aws s3 cp /proc/cpuinfo s3://eprouvette/cpuinfo.txt
+```
+
+### minio-client
+
+
+```bash
+source ./script/dev-env-mc.sh
+
+# some examples
+mc ls garage/
+mc cp /proc/cpuinfo garage/eprouvette/cpuinfo.txt
+```
+
+### rclone
+
+```bash
+source ./script/dev-env-rclone.sh
+
+# some examples
+rclone lsd garage:
+rclone copy /proc/cpuinfo garage:eprouvette/cpuinfo.txt
+```
+
+### s3cmd
+
+```bash
+source ./script/dev-env-s3cmd.sh
+
+# some examples
+s3cmd ls
+s3cmd put /proc/cpuinfo s3://eprouvette/cpuinfo.txt
+```
+
+### duck
+
+*Warning! Duck is not yet provided by nix-shell.*
+
+```bash
+source ./script/dev-env-duck.sh
+
+# some examples
+duck --list garage:/
+duck --upload garage:/eprouvette/ /proc/cpuinfo
+```
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+++
+title = "Operations & Maintenance"
+weight = 50
+sort_by = "weight"
+template = "documentation.html"
+++
+
+This section contains a number of important information on how to best operate a Garage cluster,
+to ensure integrity and availability of your data:
+
+- **[Upgrading Garage](@/documentation/operations/upgrading.md):** General instructions on how to
+  upgrade your cluster from one version to the next. Instructions specific for each version upgrade
+  can bef ound in the [working documents](@/documentation/working-documents/_index.md) section.
+
+- **[Layout management](@/documentation/operations/layout.md):** Best practices for using the `garage layout`
+  commands when adding or removing nodes from your cluster.
+
+- **[Durability and repairs](@/documentation/operations/durability-repairs.md):** How to check for small things
+  that might be going wrong, and how to recover from such failures.
+
+- **[Recovering from failures](@/documentation/operations/recovering.md):** Garage's first selling point is resilience
+  to hardware failures. This section explains how to recover from such a failure in the
+  best possible way.
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+++
+title = "Durability & Repairs"
+weight = 30
+++
+
+To ensure the best durability of your data and to fix any inconsistencies that may
+pop up in a distributed system, Garage provides a series of repair operations.
+This guide will explain the meaning of each of them and when they should be applied.
+
+
+# General syntax of repair operations
+
+Repair operations described below are of the form `garage repair <repair_name>`.
+These repairs will not launch without the `--yes` flag, which should
+be added as follows: `garage repair --yes <repair_name>`.
+By default these repair procedures will only run on the Garage node your CLI is
+connecting to. To run on all nodes, add the `-a` flag as follows:
+`garage repair -a --yes <repair_name>`.
+
+# Data block operations
+
+## Data store scrub {#scrub}
+
+Scrubbing the data store means examining each individual data block to check that
+their content is correct, by verifying their hash. Any block found to be corrupted
+(e.g. by bitrot or by an accidental manipulation of the datastore) will be
+restored from another node that holds a valid copy.
+
+Scrubs are automatically scheduled by Garage to run every 25-35 days (the
+actual time is randomized to spread load across nodes). The next scheduled run
+can be viewed with `garage worker get`.
+
+A scrub can also be launched manually using `garage repair scrub start`.
+
+To view the status of an ongoing scrub, first find the task ID of the scrub worker
+using `garage worker list`. Then, run `garage worker info <scrub_task_id>` to
+view detailed runtime statistics of the scrub. To gather cluster-wide information,
+this command has to be run on each individual node.
+
+A scrub is a very disk-intensive operation that might slow down your cluster.
+You may pause an ongoing scrub using `garage repair scrub pause`, but note that
+the scrub will resume automatically 24 hours later as Garage will not let your
+cluster run without a regular scrub. If the scrub procedure is too intensive
+for your servers and is slowing down your workload, the recommended solution
+is to increase the "scrub tranquility" using `garage repair scrub set-tranquility`.
+A higher tranquility value will make Garage take longer pauses between two block
+verifications. Of course, scrubbing the entire data store will also take longer.
+
+## Block check and resync
+
+In some cases, nodes hold a reference to a block but do not actually have the block
+stored on disk. Conversely, they may also have on-disk blocks that are not referenced
+any more. To fix both cases, a block repair may be run with `garage repair blocks`.
+This will scan the entire block reference counter table to check that the blocks
+exist on disk, and will scan the entire disk store to check that stored blocks
+are referenced.
+
+It is recommended to run this procedure when changing your cluster layout,
+after the metadata tables have finished synchronizing between nodes
+(usually a few hours after `garage layout apply`).
+
+## Inspecting lost blocks
+
+In extremely rare situations, data blocks may be unavailable from the entire cluster.
+This means that even using `garage repair blocks`, some nodes may be unable
+to fetch data blocks for which they hold a reference.
+
+These errors are stored on each node in a list of "block resync errors", i.e.
+blocks for which the last resync operation failed.
+This list can be inspected using `garage block list-errors`.
+These errors usually fall into one of the following categories:
+
+1. a block is still referenced but the object was deleted, this is a case
+   of metadata reference inconsistency (see below for the fix)
+2. a block is referenced by a non-deleted object, but could not be fetched due
+   to a transient error such as a network failure
+3. a block is referenced by a non-deleted object, but could not be fetched due
+   to a permanent error such as there not being any valid copy of the block on the
+   entire cluster
+
+To help make the difference between cases 1 and cases 2 and 3, you may use the
+`garage block info` command to see which objects hold a reference to each block.
+
+In the second case (transient errors), Garage will try to fetch the block again
+after a certain time, so the error should disappear naturally. You can also
+request Garage to try to fetch the block immediately using `garage block retry-now`
+if you have fixed the transient issue.
+
+If you are confident that you are in the third scenario and that your data block
+is definitely lost, then there is no other choice than to declare your S3 objects
+as unrecoverable, and to delete them properly from the data store. This can be done
+using the `garage block purge` command.
+
+## Rebalancing data directories
+
+In [multi-HDD setups](@/documentation/operations/multi-hdd.md), to ensure that
+data blocks are well balanced between storage locations, you may run a
+rebalance operation using `garage repair rebalance`. This is useful when
+adding storage locations or when capacities of the storage locations have been
+changed.  Once this is finished, Garage will know for each block of a single
+possible location where it can be, which can increase access speed.  This
+operation will also move out all data from locations marked as read-only.
+
+
+# Metadata operations
+
+## Metadata snapshotting
+
+It is good practice to setup automatic snapshotting of your metadata database
+file, to recover from situations where it becomes corrupted on disk. This can
+be done at the filesystem level if you are using ZFS or BTRFS.
+
+Since Garage v0.9.4, Garage is able to take snapshots of the metadata database
+itself. This basically amounts to copying the database file, except that it can
+be run live while Garage is running without the risk of corruption or
+inconsistencies.  This can be setup to run automatically on a schedule using
+[`metadata_auto_snapshot_interval`](@/documentation/reference-manual/configuration.md#metadata_auto_snapshot_interval).
+A snapshot can also be triggered manually using the `garage meta snapshot`
+command. Note that taking a snapshot using this method is very intensive as it
+requires making a full copy of the database file, so you might prefer using
+filesystem-level snapshots if possible. To recover a corrupted node from such a
+snapshot, read the instructions
+[here](@/documentation/operations/recovering.md#corrupted_meta).
+
+## Metadata table resync
+
+Garage automatically resyncs all entries stored in the metadata tables every hour,
+to ensure that all nodes have the most up-to-date version of all the information
+they should be holding.
+The resync procedure is based on a Merkle tree that allows to efficiently find
+differences between nodes.
+
+In some special cases, e.g. before an upgrade, you might want to run a table
+resync manually. This can be done using `garage repair tables`.
+
+## Metadata table reference fixes
+
+In some very rare cases where nodes are unavailable, some references between objects
+are broken. For instance, if an object is deleted, the underlying versions or data
+blocks may still be held by Garage. If you suspect that such corruption has occurred
+in your cluster, you can run one of the following repair procedures:
+
+- `garage repair versions`: checks that all versions belong to a non-deleted object, and purges any orphan version
+
+- `garage repair block-refs`: checks that all block references belong to a non-deleted object version, and purges any orphan block reference (this will then allow the blocks to be garbage-collected)
+
+- `garage repair block-rc`: checks that the reference counters for blocks are in sync with the actual number of non-deleted entries in the block reference table
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+++
+title = "Cluster layout management"
+weight = 20
+++
+
+The cluster layout in Garage is a table that assigns to each node a role in
+the cluster. The role of a node in Garage can either be a storage node with
+a certain capacity, or a gateway node that does not store data and is only
+used as an API entry point for faster cluster access.
+An introduction to building cluster layouts can be found in the [production deployment](@/documentation/cookbook/real-world.md) page.
+
+In Garage, all of the data that can be stored in a given cluster is divided
+into slices which we call *partitions*. Each partition is stored by
+one or several nodes in the cluster
+(see [`replication_factor`](@/documentation/reference-manual/configuration.md#replication_factor)).
+The layout determines the correspondence between these partitions,
+which exist on a logical level, and actual storage nodes.
+
+## How cluster layouts work in Garage
+
+A cluster layout is composed of the following components:
+
+- a table of roles assigned to nodes, defined by the user
+- an optimal assignation of partitions to nodes, computed by an algorithm that is ran once when calling `garage layout apply` or the ApplyClusterLayout API endpoint
+- a version number
+
+Garage nodes will always use the cluster layout with the highest version number.
+
+Garage nodes also maintain and synchronize between them a set of proposed role
+changes that haven't yet been applied. These changes will be applied (or
+canceled) in the next version of the layout.
+
+All operations on the layout can be realized using the `garage` CLI or using the
+[administration API endpoint](@/documentation/reference-manual/admin-api.md).
+We give here a description of CLI commands, the admin API semantics are very similar.
+
+The following commands insert modifications to the set of proposed role changes
+for the next layout version (but they do not create the new layout immediately):
+
+```bash
+garage layout assign [...]
+garage layout remove [...]
+```
+
+The following command can be used to inspect the layout that is currently set in the cluster
+and the changes proposed for the next layout version, if any:
+
+```bash
+garage layout show
+```
+
+The following commands create a new layout with the specified version number,
+that either takes into account the proposed changes or cancels them:
+
+```bash
+garage layout apply --version <new_version_number>
+garage layout revert --version <new_version_number>
+```
+
+The version number of the new layout to create must be 1 + the version number
+of the previous layout that existed in the cluster.  The `apply` and `revert`
+commands will fail otherwise.
+
+## Warnings about Garage cluster layout management
+
+**⚠️ Never make several calls to `garage layout apply` or `garage layout
+revert` with the same value of the `--version` flag. Doing so can lead to the
+creation of several different layouts with the same version number, in which
+case your Garage cluster will become inconsistent until fixed.** If a call to
+`garage layout apply` or `garage layout revert` has failed and `garage layout
+show` indicates that a new layout with the given version number has not been
+set in the cluster, then it is fine to call the command again with the same
+version number.
+
+If you are using the `garage` CLI by typing individual commands in your
+shell, you shouldn't have much issues as long as you run commands one after
+the other and take care of checking the output of `garage layout show`
+before applying any changes.
+
+If you are using the `garage` CLI or the admin API to script layout changes,
+follow the following recommendations:
+
+- If using the CLI, make all of your `garage` CLI calls to the same RPC host.
+  If using the admin API, make all of your API calls to the same Garage node. Do
+  not connect to individual nodes to send them each a piece of the layout changes
+  you are making, as the changes propagate asynchronously between nodes and might
+  not all be taken into account at the time when the new layout is applied.
+
+- **Only call `garage layout apply`/ApplyClusterLayout once**, and call it
+  **strictly after** all of the `layout assign` and `layout remove`
+  commands/UpdateClusterLayout API calls have returned.
+
+
+## Understanding unexpected layout calculations
+
+When adding, removing or modifying nodes in a cluster layout, sometimes
+unexpected assignations of partitions to node can occur. These assignations
+are in fact normal and logical, given the objectives of the algorithm.  Indeed,
+**the layout algorithm prioritizes moving less data between nodes over
+achieving equal distribution of load. It also tries to use all links between
+pairs of nodes in equal proportions when moving data.**  This section presents
+two examples and illustrates how one can control Garage's behavior to obtain
+the desired results.
+
+### Example 1
+
+In this example, a cluster is originally composed of 3 nodes in 3 different
+zones (data centers).  The three nodes are of equal capacity, therefore they
+are all fully exploited and all store a copy of all of the data in the cluster.
+
+Then, a fourth node of the same size is added in the datacenter `dc1`.
+As illustrated by the following, **Garage will by default not store any data on the new node**:
+
+```
+$ garage layout show
+==== CURRENT CLUSTER LAYOUT ====
+ID                Tags   Zone  Capacity   Usable capacity
+b10c110e4e854e5a  node1  dc1   1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+a235ac7695e0c54d  node2  dc2   1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+62b218d848e86a64  node3  dc3   1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+
+Zone redundancy: maximum
+
+Current cluster layout version: 6
+
+==== STAGED ROLE CHANGES ====
+ID                Tags   Zone  Capacity
+a11c7cf18af29737  node4  dc1   1000.0 MB
+
+
+==== NEW CLUSTER LAYOUT AFTER APPLYING CHANGES ====
+ID                Tags   Zone  Capacity   Usable capacity
+b10c110e4e854e5a  node1  dc1   1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+a11c7cf18af29737  node4  dc1   1000.0 MB  0 B (0.0%)
+a235ac7695e0c54d  node2  dc2   1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+62b218d848e86a64  node3  dc3   1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+
+Zone redundancy: maximum
+
+==== COMPUTATION OF A NEW PARTITION ASSIGNATION ====
+
+Partitions are replicated 3 times on at least 3 distinct zones.
+
+Optimal partition size:                     3.9 MB (3.9 MB in previous layout)
+Usable capacity / total cluster capacity:   3.0 GB / 4.0 GB (75.0 %)
+Effective capacity (replication factor 3):  1000.0 MB
+
+A total of 0 new copies of partitions need to be transferred.
+
+dc1                 Tags   Partitions        Capacity   Usable capacity
+  b10c110e4e854e5a  node1  256 (0 new)       1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+  a11c7cf18af29737  node4  0 (0 new)         1000.0 MB  0 B (0.0%)
+  TOTAL                    256 (256 unique)  2.0 GB     1000.0 MB (50.0%)
+
+dc2                 Tags   Partitions        Capacity   Usable capacity
+  a235ac7695e0c54d  node2  256 (0 new)       1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+  TOTAL                    256 (256 unique)  1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+
+dc3                 Tags   Partitions        Capacity   Usable capacity
+  62b218d848e86a64  node3  256 (0 new)       1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+  TOTAL                    256 (256 unique)  1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+```
+
+While unexpected, this is logical because of the following facts:
+
+- storing some data on the new node does not help increase the total quantity
+  of data that can be stored on the cluster, as the two other zones (`dc2` and
+  `dc3`) still need to store a full copy of everything, and their capacity is
+  still the same;
+
+- there is therefore no need to move any data on the new node as this would be pointless;
+
+- moving data to the new node has a cost which the algorithm decides to not pay if not necessary.
+
+This distribution of data can however not be what the administrator wanted: if
+they added a new node to `dc1`, it might be because the existing node is too
+slow, and they wish to divide its load by half. In that case, what they need to
+do to force Garage to distribute the data between the two nodes is to attribute
+only half of the capacity to each node in `dc1` (in our example, 500M instead of 1G).
+In that case, Garage would determine that to be able to store 1G in total, it
+would need to store 500M on the old node and 500M on the added one.
+
+
+### Example 2
+
+The following example is a slightly different scenario, where `dc1` had two
+nodes that were used at 50%, and `dc2` and `dc3` each have one node that is
+100% used. All node capacities are the same.
+
+Then, a node from `dc1` is moved into `dc3`. One could expect that the roles of
+`dc1` and `dc3` would simply be swapped: the remaining node in `dc1` would be
+used at 100%, and the two nodes now in `dc3` would be used at 50%. Instead,
+this happens:
+
+```
+==== CURRENT CLUSTER LAYOUT ====
+ID                Tags   Zone  Capacity   Usable capacity
+b10c110e4e854e5a  node1  dc1   1000.0 MB  500.0 MB (50.0%)
+a11c7cf18af29737  node4  dc1   1000.0 MB  500.0 MB (50.0%)
+a235ac7695e0c54d  node2  dc2   1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+62b218d848e86a64  node3  dc3   1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+
+Zone redundancy: maximum
+
+Current cluster layout version: 8
+
+==== STAGED ROLE CHANGES ====
+ID                Tags   Zone  Capacity
+a11c7cf18af29737  node4  dc3   1000.0 MB
+
+
+==== NEW CLUSTER LAYOUT AFTER APPLYING CHANGES ====
+ID                Tags   Zone  Capacity   Usable capacity
+b10c110e4e854e5a  node1  dc1   1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+a235ac7695e0c54d  node2  dc2   1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+62b218d848e86a64  node3  dc3   1000.0 MB  753.9 MB (75.4%)
+a11c7cf18af29737  node4  dc3   1000.0 MB  246.1 MB (24.6%)
+
+Zone redundancy: maximum
+
+==== COMPUTATION OF A NEW PARTITION ASSIGNATION ====
+
+Partitions are replicated 3 times on at least 3 distinct zones.
+
+Optimal partition size:                     3.9 MB (3.9 MB in previous layout)
+Usable capacity / total cluster capacity:   3.0 GB / 4.0 GB (75.0 %)
+Effective capacity (replication factor 3):  1000.0 MB
+
+A total of 128 new copies of partitions need to be transferred.
+
+dc1                 Tags   Partitions        Capacity   Usable capacity
+  b10c110e4e854e5a  node1  256 (128 new)     1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+  TOTAL                    256 (256 unique)  1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+
+dc2                 Tags   Partitions        Capacity   Usable capacity
+  a235ac7695e0c54d  node2  256 (0 new)       1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+  TOTAL                    256 (256 unique)  1000.0 MB  1000.0 MB (100.0%)
+
+dc3                 Tags   Partitions        Capacity   Usable capacity
+  62b218d848e86a64  node3  193 (0 new)       1000.0 MB  753.9 MB (75.4%)
+  a11c7cf18af29737  node4  63 (0 new)        1000.0 MB  246.1 MB (24.6%)
+  TOTAL                    256 (256 unique)  2.0 GB     1000.0 MB (50.0%)
+```
+
+As we can see, the node that was moved to `dc3` (node4) is only used at 25% (approximatively),
+whereas the node that was already in `dc3` (node3) is used at 75%.
+
+This can be explained by the following:
+
+- node1 will now be the only node remaining in `dc1`, thus it has to store all
+  of the data in the cluster. Since it was storing only half of it before, it has
+  to retrieve the other half from other nodes in the cluster.
+
+- The data which it does not have is entirely stored by the other node that was
+  in `dc1` and that is now in `dc3` (node4). There is also a copy of it on node2
+  and node3 since both these nodes have a copy of everything.
+
+- node3 and node4 are the two nodes that will now be in a datacenter that is
+ under-utilized (`dc3`), this means that those are the two candidates from which
+ data can be removed to be moved to node1.
+
+- Garage will move data in equal proportions from all possible sources, in this
+  case it means that it will tranfer 25% of the entire data set from node3 to
+  node1 and another 25% from node4 to node1.
+
+This explains why node3 ends with 75% utilization (100% from before minus 25%
+that is moved to node1), and node4 ends with 25% (50% from before minus 25%
+that is moved to node1).
+
+This illustrates the second principle of the layout computation: **if there is
+a choice in moving data out of some nodes, then all links between pairs of
+nodes are used in equal proportions** (this is approximately true, there is
+randomness in the algorithm to achieve this so there might be some small
+fluctuations, as we see above).
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+++
+title = "Multi-HDD support"
+weight = 15
+++
+
+
+Since v0.9, Garage natively supports nodes that have several storage drives
+for storing data blocks (not for metadata storage).
+
+## Initial setup
+
+To set up a new Garage storage node with multiple HDDs,
+format and mount all your drives in different directories,
+and use a Garage configuration as follows:
+
+```toml
+data_dir = [
+    { path = "/path/to/hdd1", capacity = "2T" },
+    { path = "/path/to/hdd2", capacity = "4T" },
+]
+```
+
+Garage will automatically balance all blocks stored by the node
+among the different specified directories, proportionally to the
+specified capacities.
+
+## Updating the list of storage locations
+
+If you add new storage locations to your `data_dir`,
+Garage will not rebalance existing data between storage locations.
+Newly written blocks will be balanced proportionally to the specified capacities,
+and existing data may be moved between drives to improve balancing,
+but only opportunistically when a data block is re-written (e.g. an object
+is re-uploaded, or an object with a duplicate block is uploaded).
+
+To understand precisely what is happening, we need to dive in to how Garage
+splits data among the different storage locations.
+
+First of all, Garage divides the set of all possible block hashes
+in a fixed number of slices (currently 1024), and assigns
+to each slice a primary storage location among the specified data directories.
+The number of slices having their primary location in each data directory
+is proportionnal to the capacity specified in the config file.
+
+When Garage receives a block to write, it will always write it in the primary
+directory of the slice that contains its hash.
+
+Now, to be able to not lose existing data blocks when storage locations
+are added, Garage also keeps a list of secondary data directories
+for all of the hash slices. Secondary data directories for a slice indicates
+storage locations that once were primary directories for that slice, i.e. where
+Garage knows that data blocks of that slice might be stored.
+When Garage is requested to read a certain data block,
+it will first look in the primary storage directory of its slice,
+and if it doesn't find it there it goes through all of the secondary storage
+locations until it finds it. This allows Garage to continue operating
+normally when storage locations are added, without having to shuffle
+files between drives to place them in the correct location.
+
+This relatively simple strategy works well but does not ensure that data
+is correctly balanced among drives according to their capacity.
+To rebalance data, two strategies can be used:
+
+- Lazy rebalancing: when a block is re-written (e.g. the object is re-uploaded),
+  Garage checks whether the existing copy is in the primary directory of the slice
+  or in a secondary directory. If the current copy is in a secondary directory,
+  Garage re-writes a copy in the primary directory and deletes the one from the
+  secondary directory. This might never end up rebalancing everything if there
+  are data blocks that are only read and never written.
+
+- Active rebalancing: an operator of a Garage node can explicitly launch a repair
+  procedure that rebalances the data directories, moving all blocks to their
+  primary location. Once done, all secondary locations for all hash slices are
+  removed so that they won't be checked anymore when looking for a data block.
+
+## Read-only storage locations
+
+If you would like to move all data blocks from an existing data directory to one
+or several new data directories, mark the old directory as read-only:
+
+```toml
+data_dir = [
+    { path = "/path/to/old_data", read_only = true },
+    { path = "/path/to/new_hdd1", capacity = "2T" },
+    { path = "/path/to/new_hdd2", capacity = "4T" },
+]
+```
+
+Garage will be able to read requested blocks from the read-only directory.
+Garage will also move data out of the read-only directory either progressively
+(lazy rebalancing) or if requested explicitly (active rebalancing).
+
+Once an active rebalancing has finished, your read-only directory should be empty:
+it might still contain subdirectories, but no data files. You can check that
+it contains no files using:
+
+```bash
+find -type f /path/to/old_data      # should not print anything
+```
+
+at which point it can be removed from the `data_dir` list in your config file.
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+++
+title = "Recovering from failures"
+weight = 40
+++
+
+Garage is meant to work on old, second-hand hardware.
+In particular, this makes it likely that some of your drives will fail, and some manual intervention will be needed.
+Fear not! Garage is fully equipped to handle drive failures, in most common cases.
+
+## A note on availability of Garage
+
+With nodes dispersed in 3 zones or more, here are the guarantees Garage provides with the 3-way replication strategy (3 copies of all data, which is the recommended replication mode):
+
+- The cluster remains fully functional as long as the machines that fail are in only one zone. This includes a whole zone going down due to power/Internet outage.
+- No data is lost as long as the machines that fail are in at most two zones.
+
+Of course this only works if your Garage nodes are correctly configured to be aware of the zone in which they are located.
+Make sure this is the case using `garage status` to check on the state of your cluster's configuration.
+
+In case of temporarily disconnected nodes, Garage should automatically re-synchronize
+when the nodes come back up. This guide will deal with recovering from disk failures
+that caused the loss of the data of a node.
+
+
+## First option: removing a node
+
+If you don't have spare parts (HDD, SDD) to replace the failed component, and if there are enough remaining nodes in your cluster
+(at least 3), you can simply remove the failed node from Garage's configuration.
+Note that if you **do** intend to replace the failed parts by new ones, using this method followed by adding back the node is **not recommended** (although it should work),
+and you should instead use one of the methods detailed in the next sections.
+
+Removing a node is done with the following command:
+
+```bash
+garage layout remove <node_id>
+garage layout show    # review the changes you are making
+garage layout apply   # once satisfied, apply the changes
+```
+
+(you can get the `node_id` of the failed node by running `garage status`)
+
+This will repartition the data and ensure that 3 copies of everything are present on the nodes that remain available.
+
+
+
+## Replacement scenario 1: only data is lost, metadata is fine
+
+The recommended deployment for Garage uses an SSD to store metadata, and an HDD to store blocks of data.
+In the case where only a single HDD crashes, the blocks of data are lost but the metadata is still fine.
+
+This is very easy to recover by setting up a new HDD to replace the failed one.
+The node does not need to be fully replaced and the configuration doesn't need to change.
+We just need to tell Garage to get back all the data blocks and store them on the new HDD.
+
+First, set up a new HDD to store Garage's data directory on the failed node, and restart Garage using
+the existing configuration.  Then, run:
+
+```bash
+garage repair -a --yes blocks
+```
+
+This will re-synchronize blocks of data that are missing to the new HDD, reading them from copies located on other nodes.
+
+You can check on the advancement of this process by doing the following command:
+
+```bash
+garage stats -a
+```
+
+Look out for the following output:
+
+```
+Block manager stats:
+  resync queue length: 26541
+```
+
+This indicates that one of the Garage node is in the process of retrieving missing data from other nodes.
+This number decreases to zero when the node is fully synchronized.
+
+
+## Replacement scenario 2: metadata (and possibly data) is lost
+
+This scenario covers the case where a full node fails, i.e. both the metadata directory and
+the data directory are lost, as well as the case where only the metadata directory is lost.
+
+To replace the lost node, we will start from an empty metadata directory, which means
+Garage will generate a new node ID for the replacement node.
+We will thus need to remove the previous node ID from Garage's configuration and replace it by the ID of the new node.
+
+If your data directory is stored on a separate drive and is still fine, you can keep it, but it is not necessary to do so.
+In all cases, the data will be rebalanced and the replacement node will not store the same pieces of data
+as were originally stored on the one that failed. So if you keep the data files, the rebalancing
+might be faster but most of the pieces will be deleted anyway from the disk and replaced by other ones.
+
+First, set up a new drive to store the metadata directory for the replacement node (a SSD is recommended),
+and for the data directory if necessary. You can then start Garage on the new node.
+The restarted node should generate a new node ID, and it should be shown with `NO ROLE ASSIGNED` in `garage status`.
+The ID of the lost node should be shown in `garage status` in the section for disconnected/unavailable nodes.
+
+Then, replace the broken node by the new one, using:
+
+```bash
+garage layout assign <new_node_id> --replace <old_node_id> \
+		-c <capacity> -z <zone> -t <node_tag>
+garage layout show    # review the changes you are making
+garage layout apply   # once satisfied, apply the changes
+```
+
+Garage will then start synchronizing all required data on the new node.
+This process can be monitored using the `garage stats -a` command.
+
+## Replacement scenario 3: corrupted metadata {#corrupted_meta}
+
+In some cases, your metadata DB file might become corrupted, for instance if
+your node suffered a power outage and did not shut down properly. In this case,
+you can recover without having to change the node ID and rebuilding a cluster
+layout. This means that data blocks will not need to be shuffled around, you
+must simply find a way to repair the metadata file. The best way is generally
+to discard the corrupted file and recover it from another source.
+
+First of all, start by locating the database file in your metadata directory,
+which [depends on your `db_engine`
+choice](@/documentation/reference-manual/configuration.md#db_engine).  Then,
+your recovery options are as follows:
+
+- **Option 1: resyncing from other nodes.** In case your cluster is replicated
+  with two or three copies, you can simply delete the database file, and Garage
+  will resync from other nodes. To do so, stop Garage, delete the database file
+  or directory, and restart Garage. Then, do a full table repair by calling
+  `garage repair -a --yes tables`.  This will take a bit of time to complete as
+  the new node will need to receive copies of the metadata tables from the
+  network.
+
+- **Option 2: restoring a snapshot taken by Garage.** Since v0.9.4, Garage can
+  [automatically take regular
+  snapshots](@/documentation/reference-manual/configuration.md#metadata_auto_snapshot_interval)
+  of your metadata DB file. This file or directory should be located under
+  `<metadata_dir>/snapshots`, and is named according to the UTC time at which it
+  was taken. Stop Garage, discard the database file/directory and replace it by the
+  snapshot you want to use. For instance, in the case of LMDB:
+
+  ```bash
+  cd $METADATA_DIR
+  mv db.lmdb db.lmdb.bak
+  cp -r snapshots/2024-03-15T12:13:52Z db.lmdb
+  ```
+
+  And for Sqlite:
+
+  ```bash
+  cd $METADATA_DIR
+  mv db.sqlite db.sqlite.bak
+  cp snapshots/2024-03-15T12:13:52Z db.sqlite
+  ```
+
+  Then, restart Garage and run a full table repair by calling `garage repair -a
+  --yes tables`.  This should run relatively fast as only the changes that
+  occurred since the snapshot was taken will need to be resynchronized. Of
+  course, if your cluster is not replicated, you will lose all changes that
+  occurred since the snapshot was taken.
+
+- **Option 3: restoring a filesystem-level snapshot.** If you are using ZFS or
+  BTRFS to snapshot your metadata partition, refer to their specific
+  documentation on rolling back or copying files from an old snapshot.
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+++
+title = "Upgrading Garage"
+weight = 10
+++
+
+Garage is a stateful clustered application, where all nodes are communicating together and share data structures.
+It makes upgrade more difficult than stateless applications so you must be more careful when upgrading.
+On a new version release, there is 2 possibilities:
+  - protocols and data structures remained the same ➡️ this is a **minor upgrade**
+  - protocols or data structures changed  ➡️  this is a **major upgrade**
+
+You can quickly know what type of update you will have to operate by looking at the version identifier:
+when we require our users to do a major upgrade, we will always bump the first nonzero component of the version identifier
+(e.g. from v0.7.2 to v0.8.0).
+Conversely, for versions that only require a minor upgrade, the first nonzero component will always stay the same (e.g. from v0.8.0 to v0.8.1).
+
+Major upgrades are designed to be run only between contiguous versions.
+Example: migrations from v0.7.1 to v0.8.0 and from v0.7.0 to v0.8.2 are supported but migrations from v0.6.0 to v0.8.0 are not supported.
+
+The `garage_build_info`
+[Prometheus metric](@/documentation/reference-manual/monitoring.md) provides
+an overview for which Garage versions are currently in use within a cluster.
+
+## Minor upgrades
+
+Minor upgrades do not imply cluster downtime.
+Before upgrading, you should still read [the changelog](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage/releases) and ideally test your deployment on a staging cluster before.
+
+When you are ready, start by checking the health of your cluster.
+You can force some checks with `garage repair`, we recommend at least running `garage repair --all-nodes --yes tables` which is very quick to run (less than a minute).
+You will see that the command correctly terminated in the logs of your daemon, or using `garage worker list` (the repair workers should be in the `Done` state).
+
+Finally, you can simply upgrade nodes one by one.
+For each node: stop it, install the new binary, edit the configuration if needed, restart it.
+
+## Major upgrades
+
+Major upgrades can be done with minimal downtime with a bit of preparation, but the simplest way is usually to put the cluster offline for the duration of the migration.
+Before upgrading, you must read [the changelog](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage/releases) and you must test your deployment on a staging cluster before.
+
+We write guides for each major upgrade, they are stored under the "Working Documents" section of this documentation.
+
+### Major upgrades with full downtime
+
+From a high level perspective, a major upgrade looks like this:
+
+  1. Disable API access (for instance in your reverse proxy, or by commenting the corresponding section in your Garage configuration file and restarting Garage)
+  2. Check that your cluster is idle
+  3. Make sure the health of your cluster is good (see `garage repair`)
+  4. Stop the whole cluster
+  5. Back up the metadata folder of all your nodes, so that you will be able to restore it if the upgrade fails (data blocks being immutable, they should not be impacted)
+  6. Install the new binary, update the configuration
+  7. Start the whole cluster
+  8. If needed, run the corresponding migration from `garage migrate`
+  9. Make sure the health of your cluster is good
+  10. Enable API access (reverse step 1)
+  11. Monitor your cluster while load comes back, check that all your applications are happy with this new version
+
+### Major upgarades with minimal downtime
+
+There is only one operation that has to be coordinated cluster-wide: the switch of one version of the internal RPC protocol to the next.
+This means that an upgrade with very limited downtime can simply be performed from one major version to the next by restarting all nodes
+simultaneously in the new version.
+The downtime will simply be the time required for all nodes to stop and start again, which should be less than a minute.
+If all nodes fail to stop and restart simultaneously, some nodes might be temporarily shut out from the cluster as nodes using different RPC protocol
+versions are prevented to talk to one another.
+
+The entire procedure would look something like this:
+
+1. Make sure the health of your cluster is good (see `garage repair`)
+
+2. Take each node offline individually to back up its metadata folder, bring them back online once the backup is done.
+  You can do all of the nodes in a single zone at once as that won't impact global cluster availability.
+  Do not try to manually copy the metadata folder of a running node.
+
+  **Since Garage v0.9.4,** you can use the `garage meta snapshot --all` command
+  to take a simultaneous snapshot of the metadata database files of all your
+  nodes.  This avoids the tedious process of having to take them down one by
+  one before upgrading. Be careful that if automatic snapshotting is enabled,
+  Garage only keeps the last two snapshots and deletes older ones, so you might
+  want to disable automatic snapshotting in your upgraded configuration file
+  until you have confirmed that the upgrade ran successfully.  In addition to
+  snapshotting the metadata databases of your nodes, you should back-up at
+  least the `cluster_layout` file of one of your Garage instances (this file
+  should be the same on all nodes and you can copy it safely while Garage is
+  running).
+
+3. Prepare your binaries and configuration files for the new Garage version
+
+4. Restart all nodes simultaneously in the new version
+
+5. If any specific migration procedure is required, it is usually in one of the two cases:
+
+  - It can be run on online nodes after the new version has started, during regular cluster operation.
+  - it has to be run offline, in which case you will have to again take all nodes offline one after the other to run the repair
+
+   For this last step, please refer to the specific documentation pertaining to the version upgrade you are doing.
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+++
+title = "Quick Start"
+weight = 10
+sort_by = "weight"
+template = "documentation.html"
+++
+
+Let's start your Garage journey!
+In this chapter, we explain how to deploy Garage as a single-node server
+and how to interact with it.
+
+## What is Garage?
+
+Before jumping in, you might be interested in reading the following pages:
+
+- [Goals and use cases](@/documentation/design/goals.md)
+- [List of features](@/documentation/reference-manual/features.md)
+
+## Scope of this tutorial
+
+Our goal is to introduce you to Garage's workflows.
+Following this guide is recommended before moving on to
+[configuring a multi-node cluster](@/documentation/cookbook/real-world.md).
+
+Note that this kind of deployment should not be used in production,
+as it provides no redundancy for your data!
+
+## Get a binary
+
+Download the latest Garage binary from the release pages on our repository:
+
+<https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/download/>
+
+Place this binary somewhere in your `$PATH` so that you can invoke the `garage`
+command directly (for instance you can copy the binary in `/usr/local/bin`
+or in `~/.local/bin`).
+
+You may also check whether your distribution already includes a
+[binary package for Garage](@/documentation/cookbook/binary-packages.md).
+
+If a binary of the last version is not available for your architecture,
+or if you want a build customized for your system,
+you can [build Garage from source](@/documentation/cookbook/from-source.md).
+
+If none of these option work for you, you can also run Garage in a Docker
+container.  When using Docker, the commands used in this guide will not work
+anymore.  We recommend reading the tutorial on [configuring a
+multi-node cluster](@/documentation/cookbook/real-world.md) to learn about
+using Garage as a Docker container. For simplicity, a minimal command to launch
+Garage using Docker is provided in this quick start guide as well.
+
+
+## Configuring and starting Garage
+
+### Generating a first configuration file
+
+This first configuration file should allow you to get started easily with the simplest
+possible Garage deployment.
+
+We will create it with the following command line
+to generate unique and private secrets for security reasons:
+
+```bash
+cat > garage.toml <<EOF
+metadata_dir = "/tmp/meta"
+data_dir = "/tmp/data"
+db_engine = "sqlite"
+
+replication_factor = 1
+
+rpc_bind_addr = "[::]:3901"
+rpc_public_addr = "127.0.0.1:3901"
+rpc_secret = "$(openssl rand -hex 32)"
+
+[s3_api]
+s3_region = "garage"
+api_bind_addr = "[::]:3900"
+root_domain = ".s3.garage.localhost"
+
+[s3_web]
+bind_addr = "[::]:3902"
+root_domain = ".web.garage.localhost"
+index = "index.html"
+
+[k2v_api]
+api_bind_addr = "[::]:3904"
+
+[admin]
+api_bind_addr = "[::]:3903"
+admin_token = "$(openssl rand -base64 32)"
+metrics_token = "$(openssl rand -base64 32)"
+EOF
+```
+
+See the [Configuration file format](https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/documentation/reference-manual/configuration/)
+for complete options and values.
+
+Now that your configuration file has been created, you may save it to the directory of your choice.
+By default, Garage looks for **`/etc/garage.toml`.**
+You can also store it somewhere else, but you will have to specify `-c path/to/garage.toml`
+at each invocation of the `garage` binary (for example: `garage -c ./garage.toml server`, `garage -c ./garage.toml status`).
+
+As you can see, the `rpc_secret` is a 32 bytes hexadecimal string.
+You can regenerate it with `openssl rand -hex 32`.
+If you target a cluster deployment with multiple nodes, make sure that
+you use the same value for all nodes.
+
+As you can see in the `metadata_dir` and `data_dir` parameters, we are saving Garage's data
+in `/tmp` which gets erased when your system reboots. This means that data stored on this
+Garage server will not be persistent. Change these to locations on your local disk if you want
+your data to be persisted properly.
+
+
+### Launching the Garage server
+
+Use the following command to launch the Garage server:
+
+```
+garage -c path/to/garage.toml server
+```
+
+If you have placed the `garage.toml` file in `/etc` (its default location), you can simply run `garage server`.
+
+Alternatively, if you cannot or do not wish to run the Garage binary directly,
+you may use Docker to run Garage in a container using the following command:
+
+```bash
+docker run \
+  -d \
+  --name garaged \
+  -p 3900:3900 -p 3901:3901 -p 3902:3902 -p 3903:3903 \
+  -v /etc/garage.toml:/path/to/garage.toml \
+  -v /var/lib/garage/meta:/path/to/garage/meta \
+  -v /var/lib/garage/data:/path/to/garage/data \
+  dxflrs/garage:v1.1.0
+```
+
+Under Linux, you can substitute `--network host` for `-p 3900:3900 -p 3901:3901 -p 3902:3902 -p 3903:3903`
+
+#### Troubleshooting
+
+Ensure your configuration file, `metadata_dir` and `data_dir`  are readable by the user running the `garage` server or Docker.
+
+You can tune Garage's verbosity by setting the `RUST_LOG=` environment variable. \
+Available log levels are (from less verbose to more verbose): `error`, `warn`, `info` *(default)*, `debug` and `trace`.
+
+```bash
+RUST_LOG=garage=info garage server # default
+RUST_LOG=garage=debug garage server
+RUST_LOG=garage=trace garage server
+```
+
+Log level `info` is the default value and is recommended for most use cases.
+Log level `debug` can help you check why your S3 API calls are not working.
+
+
+### Checking that Garage runs correctly
+
+The `garage` utility is also used as a CLI tool to configure your Garage deployment.
+It uses values from the TOML configuration file to find the Garage daemon running on the
+local node, therefore if your configuration file is not at `/etc/garage.toml` you will
+again have to specify `-c path/to/garage.toml` at each invocation.
+
+If you are running Garage in a Docker container, you can set `alias garage="docker exec -ti <container name> /garage"`
+to use the Garage binary inside your container.
+
+If the `garage` CLI is able to correctly detect the parameters of your local Garage node,
+the following command should be enough to show the status of your cluster:
+
+```
+garage status
+```
+
+This should show something like this:
+
+```
+==== HEALTHY NODES ====
+ID                 Hostname  Address         Tag                   Zone  Capacity
+563e1ac825ee3323   linuxbox  127.0.0.1:3901  NO ROLE ASSIGNED
+```
+
+## Creating a cluster layout
+
+Creating a cluster layout for a Garage deployment means informing Garage
+of the disk space available on each node of the cluster
+as well as the zone (e.g. datacenter) each machine is located in.
+
+For our test deployment, we are using only one node. The way in which we configure
+it does not matter, you can simply write:
+
+```bash
+garage layout assign -z dc1 -c 1G <node_id>
+```
+
+where `<node_id>` corresponds to the identifier of the node shown by `garage status` (first column).
+You can enter simply a prefix of that identifier.
+For instance here you could write just `garage layout assign -z dc1 -c 1G 563e`.
+
+The layout then has to be applied to the cluster, using:
+
+```bash
+garage layout apply --version 1
+```
+
+
+## Creating buckets and keys
+
+In this section, we will suppose that we want to create a bucket named `nextcloud-bucket`
+that will be accessed through a key named `nextcloud-app-key`.
+
+Don't forget that `help` command and `--help` subcommands can help you anywhere,
+the CLI tool is self-documented! Two examples:
+
+```
+garage help
+garage bucket allow --help
+```
+
+### Create a bucket
+
+Let's take an example where we want to deploy NextCloud using Garage as the
+main data storage.
+
+First, create a bucket with the following command:
+
+```
+garage bucket create nextcloud-bucket
+```
+
+Check that everything went well:
+
+```
+garage bucket list
+garage bucket info nextcloud-bucket
+```
+
+### Create an API key
+
+The `nextcloud-bucket` bucket now exists on the Garage server,
+however it cannot be accessed until we add an API key with the proper access rights.
+
+Note that API keys are independent of buckets:
+one key can access multiple buckets, multiple keys can access one bucket.
+
+Create an API key using the following command:
+
+```
+garage key create nextcloud-app-key
+```
+
+The output should look as follows:
+
+```
+Key name: nextcloud-app-key
+Key ID: GK3515373e4c851ebaad366558
+Secret key: 7d37d093435a41f2aab8f13c19ba067d9776c90215f56614adad6ece597dbb34
+Authorized buckets:
+```
+
+Check that everything works as intended:
+
+```
+garage key list
+garage key info nextcloud-app-key
+```
+
+### Allow a key to access a bucket
+
+Now that we have a bucket and a key, we need to give permissions to the key on the bucket:
+
+```
+garage bucket allow \
+  --read \
+  --write \
+  --owner \
+  nextcloud-bucket \
+  --key nextcloud-app-key
+```
+
+You can check at any time the allowed keys on your bucket with:
+
+```
+garage bucket info nextcloud-bucket
+```
+
+
+## Uploading and downloading from Garage
+
+To download and upload files on garage, we can use a third-party tool named `awscli`.
+
+
+### Install and configure `awscli`
+
+If you have python on your system, you can install it with:
+
+```bash
+python -m pip install --user awscli
+```
+
+Now that `awscli` is installed, you must configure it to talk to your Garage instance,
+with your key. There are multiple ways to do that, the simplest one is to create a file
+named `~/.awsrc` with this content:
+
+```bash
+export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=xxxx      # put your Key ID here
+export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=xxxx  # put your Secret key here
+export AWS_DEFAULT_REGION='garage'
+export AWS_ENDPOINT_URL='http://localhost:3900'
+
+aws --version
+```
+
+Note you need to have at least `awscli` `>=1.29.0` or `>=2.13.0`, otherwise you
+need to specify `--endpoint-url` explicitly on each `awscli` invocation.
+
+Now, each time you want to use `awscli` on this target, run:
+
+```bash
+source ~/.awsrc
+```
+
+*You can create multiple files with different names if you 
+have multiple Garage clusters or different keys.
+Switching from one cluster to another is as simple as
+sourcing the right file.*
+
+### Example usage of `awscli`
+
+```bash
+# list buckets
+aws s3 ls
+
+# list objects of a bucket
+aws s3 ls s3://nextcloud-bucket
+
+# copy from your filesystem to garage
+aws s3 cp /proc/cpuinfo s3://nextcloud-bucket/cpuinfo.txt
+
+# copy from garage to your filesystem
+aws s3 cp s3://nextcloud-bucket/cpuinfo.txt /tmp/cpuinfo.txt
+```
+
+Note that you can use `awscli` for more advanced operations like
+creating a bucket, pre-signing a request or managing your website.
+[Read the full documentation to know more](https://awscli.amazonaws.com/v2/documentation/api/latest/reference/s3/index.html).
+
+Some features are however not implemented like ACL or policy.
+Check [our s3 compatibility list](@/documentation/reference-manual/s3-compatibility.md).
+
+### Other tools for interacting with Garage
+
+The following tools can also be used to send and receive files from/to Garage:
+
+- [minio-client](@/documentation/connect/cli.md#minio-client) 
+- [s3cmd](@/documentation/connect/cli.md#s3cmd) 
+- [rclone](@/documentation/connect/cli.md#rclone)
+- [Cyberduck](@/documentation/connect/cli.md#cyberduck)
+- [WinSCP](@/documentation/connect/cli.md#winscp) 
+
+An exhaustive list is maintained in the ["Integrations" > "Browsing tools" section](@/documentation/connect/_index.md).
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+++
+title = "Reference Manual"
+weight = 60
+sort_by = "weight"
+template = "documentation.html"
+++
+
+A reference manual contains some extensive descriptions about the features and the behaviour of the software.
+Reading of this chapter is recommended once you have a good knowledge/understanding of Garage.
+It will be useful if you want to tune it or to use it in some exotic conditions.
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+++
+title = "Administration API"
+weight = 40
+++
+
+The Garage administration API is accessible through a dedicated server whose
+listen address is specified in the `[admin]` section of the configuration
+file (see [configuration file
+reference](@/documentation/reference-manual/configuration.md))
+
+**WARNING.** At this point, there is no commitment to the stability of the APIs described in this document.
+We will bump the version numbers prefixed to each API endpoint each time the syntax
+or semantics change, meaning that code that relies on these endpoint will break
+when changes are introduced.
+
+Versions:
+ - Before Garage 0.7.2 - no admin API
+ - Garage 0.7.2 - admin APIv0
+ - Garage 0.9.0 - admin APIv1, deprecate admin APIv0
+
+
+
+## Access control
+
+The admin API uses two different tokens for access control, that are specified in the config file's `[admin]` section:
+
+- `metrics_token`: the token for accessing the Metrics endpoint (if this token
+  is not set in the config file, the Metrics endpoint can be accessed without
+  access control);
+
+- `admin_token`: the token for accessing all of the other administration
+  endpoints (if this token is not set in the config file, access to these
+  endpoints is disabled entirely).
+
+These tokens are used as simple HTTP bearer tokens. In other words, to
+authenticate access to an admin API endpoint, add the following HTTP header
+to your request:
+
+```
+Authorization: Bearer <token>
+```
+
+## Administration API endpoints
+
+### Metrics `GET /metrics`
+
+Returns internal Garage metrics in Prometheus format.
+The metrics are directly documented when returned by the API.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```
+$ curl -i http://localhost:3903/metrics
+HTTP/1.1 200 OK
+content-type: text/plain; version=0.0.4
+content-length: 12145
+date: Tue, 08 Aug 2023 07:25:05 GMT
+
+# HELP api_admin_error_counter Number of API calls to the various Admin API endpoints that resulted in errors
+# TYPE api_admin_error_counter counter
+api_admin_error_counter{api_endpoint="CheckWebsiteEnabled",status_code="400"} 1
+api_admin_error_counter{api_endpoint="CheckWebsiteEnabled",status_code="404"} 3
+# HELP api_admin_request_counter Number of API calls to the various Admin API endpoints
+# TYPE api_admin_request_counter counter
+api_admin_request_counter{api_endpoint="CheckWebsiteEnabled"} 7
+api_admin_request_counter{api_endpoint="Health"} 3
+# HELP api_admin_request_duration Duration of API calls to the various Admin API endpoints
+...
+```
+
+### Health `GET /health`
+
+Returns `200 OK` if enough nodes are up to have a quorum (ie. serve requests),
+otherwise returns `503 Service Unavailable`.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```
+$ curl -i http://localhost:3903/health
+HTTP/1.1 200 OK
+content-type: text/plain
+content-length: 102
+date: Tue, 08 Aug 2023 07:22:38 GMT
+
+Garage is fully operational
+Consult the full health check API endpoint at /v0/health for more details
+```
+
+### On-demand TLS `GET /check`
+
+To prevent abuse for on-demand TLS, Caddy developers have specified an endpoint that can be queried by the reverse proxy
+to know if a given domain is allowed to get a certificate. Garage implements these endpoints to tell if a given domain is handled by Garage or is garbage.
+
+Garage responds with the following logic:
+ - If the domain matches the pattern `<bucket-name>.<s3_api.root_domain>`, returns 200 OK
+ - If the domain matches the pattern `<bucket-name>.<s3_web.root_domain>` and website is configured for `<bucket>`, returns 200 OK
+ - If the domain matches the pattern `<bucket-name>` and website is configured for `<bucket>`, returns 200 OK
+ - Otherwise, returns 404 Not Found, 400 Bad Request or 5xx requests.
+
+*Note 1: because in the path-style URL mode, there is only one domain that is not known by Garage, hence it is not supported by this API endpoint.
+You must manually declare the domain in your reverse-proxy. Idem for K2V.*
+
+*Note 2: buckets in a user's namespace are not supported yet by this endpoint. This is a limitation of this endpoint currently.*
+
+**Example:** Suppose a Garage instance is configured with `s3_api.root_domain = .s3.garage.localhost` and `s3_web.root_domain = .web.garage.localhost`.
+
+With a private `media` bucket (name in the global namespace, website is disabled), the endpoint will feature the following behavior:
+
+```
+$ curl -so /dev/null -w "%{http_code}" http://localhost:3903/check?domain=media.s3.garage.localhost
+200
+$ curl -so /dev/null -w "%{http_code}" http://localhost:3903/check?domain=media
+400
+$ curl -so /dev/null -w "%{http_code}" http://localhost:3903/check?domain=media.web.garage.localhost
+400
+```
+
+With a public `example.com` bucket (name in the global namespace, website is activated), the endpoint will feature the following behavior:
+
+```
+$ curl -so /dev/null -w "%{http_code}" http://localhost:3903/check?domain=example.com.s3.garage.localhost
+200
+$ curl -so /dev/null -w "%{http_code}" http://localhost:3903/check?domain=example.com
+200
+$ curl -so /dev/null -w "%{http_code}" http://localhost:3903/check?domain=example.com.web.garage.localhost
+200
+```
+
+
+**References:**
+ - [Using On-Demand TLS](https://caddyserver.com/docs/automatic-https#using-on-demand-tls)
+ - [Add option for a backend check to approve use of on-demand TLS](https://github.com/caddyserver/caddy/pull/1939)
+ - [Serving tens of thousands of domains over HTTPS with Caddy](https://caddy.community/t/serving-tens-of-thousands-of-domains-over-https-with-caddy/11179)
+
+### Cluster operations
+
+These endpoints have a dedicated OpenAPI spec.
+ - APIv1 - [HTML spec](https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/api/garage-admin-v1.html) - [OpenAPI YAML](https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/api/garage-admin-v1.yml)
+ - APIv0 (deprecated) - [HTML spec](https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/api/garage-admin-v0.html) - [OpenAPI YAML](https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/api/garage-admin-v0.yml)
+
+Requesting the API from the command line can be as simple as running:
+
+```bash
+curl -H 'Authorization: Bearer s3cr3t' http://localhost:3903/v0/status | jq
+```
+
+For more advanced use cases, we recommend using a SDK.  
+[Go to the "Build your own app" section to know how to use our SDKs](@/documentation/build/_index.md)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+++
+title = "Garage CLI"
+weight = 30
+++
+
+The Garage CLI is mostly self-documented. Make use of the `help` subcommand
+and the `--help` flag to discover all available options.
@@ -0,0 +1,798 @@
+++
+title = "Configuration file format"
+weight = 20
+++
+
+## Full example
+
+Here is an example `garage.toml` configuration file that illustrates all of the possible options:
+
+```toml
+replication_factor = 3
+consistency_mode = "consistent"
+
+metadata_dir = "/var/lib/garage/meta"
+data_dir = "/var/lib/garage/data"
+metadata_snapshots_dir = "/var/lib/garage/snapshots"
+metadata_fsync = true
+data_fsync = false
+disable_scrub = false
+use_local_tz = false
+metadata_auto_snapshot_interval = "6h"
+
+db_engine = "lmdb"
+
+block_size = "1M"
+block_ram_buffer_max = "256MiB"
+
+lmdb_map_size = "1T"
+
+compression_level = 1
+
+rpc_secret = "4425f5c26c5e11581d3223904324dcb5b5d5dfb14e5e7f35e38c595424f5f1e6"
+rpc_bind_addr = "[::]:3901"
+rpc_bind_outgoing = false
+rpc_public_addr = "[fc00:1::1]:3901"
+# or set rpc_public_adr_subnet to filter down autodiscovery to a subnet:
+# rpc_public_addr_subnet = "2001:0db8:f00:b00:/64"
+
+
+allow_world_readable_secrets = false
+
+bootstrap_peers = [
+    "563e1ac825ee3323aa441e72c26d1030d6d4414aeb3dd25287c531e7fc2bc95d@[fc00:1::1]:3901",
+    "86f0f26ae4afbd59aaf9cfb059eefac844951efd5b8caeec0d53f4ed6c85f332@[fc00:1::2]:3901",
+    "681456ab91350f92242e80a531a3ec9392cb7c974f72640112f90a600d7921a4@[fc00:B::1]:3901",
+    "212fd62eeaca72c122b45a7f4fa0f55e012aa5e24ac384a72a3016413fa724ff@[fc00:F::1]:3901",
+]
+
+
+[consul_discovery]
+api = "catalog"
+consul_http_addr = "http://127.0.0.1:8500"
+service_name = "garage-daemon"
+ca_cert = "/etc/consul/consul-ca.crt"
+client_cert = "/etc/consul/consul-client.crt"
+client_key = "/etc/consul/consul-key.crt"
+# for `agent` API mode, unset client_cert and client_key, and optionally enable `token`
+# token = "abcdef-01234-56789"
+tls_skip_verify = false
+tags = [ "dns-enabled" ]
+meta = { dns-acl = "allow trusted" }
+
+
+[kubernetes_discovery]
+namespace = "garage"
+service_name = "garage-daemon"
+skip_crd = false
+
+
+[s3_api]
+api_bind_addr = "[::]:3900"
+s3_region = "garage"
+root_domain = ".s3.garage"
+
+[s3_web]
+bind_addr = "[::]:3902"
+root_domain = ".web.garage"
+add_host_to_metrics = true
+
+[admin]
+api_bind_addr = "0.0.0.0:3903"
+metrics_token = "BCAdFjoa9G0KJR0WXnHHm7fs1ZAbfpI8iIZ+Z/a2NgI="
+admin_token = "UkLeGWEvHnXBqnueR3ISEMWpOnm40jH2tM2HnnL/0F4="
+trace_sink = "http://localhost:4317"
+```
+
+The following gives details about each available configuration option.
+
+## Available configuration options
+
+### Index
+
+[Environment variables](#env_variables).
+
+Top-level configuration options:
+[`allow_world_readable_secrets`](#allow_world_readable_secrets),
+[`block_ram_buffer_max`](#block_ram_buffer_max),
+[`block_size`](#block_size),
+[`bootstrap_peers`](#bootstrap_peers),
+[`compression_level`](#compression_level),
+[`data_dir`](#data_dir),
+[`data_fsync`](#data_fsync),
+[`db_engine`](#db_engine),
+[`disable_scrub`](#disable_scrub),
+[`use_local_tz`](#use_local_tz),
+[`lmdb_map_size`](#lmdb_map_size),
+[`metadata_auto_snapshot_interval`](#metadata_auto_snapshot_interval),
+[`metadata_dir`](#metadata_dir),
+[`metadata_fsync`](#metadata_fsync),
+[`metadata_snapshots_dir`](#metadata_snapshots_dir),
+[`replication_factor`](#replication_factor),
+[`consistency_mode`](#consistency_mode),
+[`rpc_bind_addr`](#rpc_bind_addr),
+[`rpc_bind_outgoing`](#rpc_bind_outgoing),
+[`rpc_public_addr`](#rpc_public_addr),
+[`rpc_public_addr_subnet`](#rpc_public_addr_subnet)
+[`rpc_secret`/`rpc_secret_file`](#rpc_secret).
+
+The `[consul_discovery]` section:
+[`api`](#consul_api),
+[`ca_cert`](#consul_ca_cert),
+[`client_cert`](#consul_client_cert_and_key),
+[`client_key`](#consul_client_cert_and_key),
+[`consul_http_addr`](#consul_http_addr),
+[`meta`](#consul_tags_and_meta),
+[`service_name`](#consul_service_name),
+[`tags`](#consul_tags_and_meta),
+[`tls_skip_verify`](#consul_tls_skip_verify),
+[`token`](#consul_token).
+
+The `[kubernetes_discovery]` section:
+[`namespace`](#kube_namespace),
+[`service_name`](#kube_service_name),
+[`skip_crd`](#kube_skip_crd).
+
+The `[s3_api]` section:
+[`api_bind_addr`](#s3_api_bind_addr),
+[`root_domain`](#s3_root_domain),
+[`s3_region`](#s3_region).
+
+The `[s3_web]` section:
+[`add_host_to_metrics`](#web_add_host_to_metrics),
+[`bind_addr`](#web_bind_addr),
+[`root_domain`](#web_root_domain).
+
+The `[admin]` section:
+[`api_bind_addr`](#admin_api_bind_addr),
+[`metrics_token`/`metrics_token_file`](#admin_metrics_token),
+[`admin_token`/`admin_token_file`](#admin_token),
+[`trace_sink`](#admin_trace_sink),
+
+### Environment variables {#env_variables}
+
+The following configuration parameter must be specified as an environment
+variable, it does not exist in the configuration file:
+
+- `GARAGE_LOG_TO_SYSLOG` (since `v0.9.4`): set this to `1` or `true` to make the
+  Garage daemon send its logs to `syslog` (using the libc `syslog` function)
+  instead of printing to stderr.
+
+The following environment variables can be used to override the corresponding
+values in the configuration file:
+
+- [`GARAGE_ALLOW_WORLD_READABLE_SECRETS`](#allow_world_readable_secrets)
+- [`GARAGE_RPC_SECRET` and `GARAGE_RPC_SECRET_FILE`](#rpc_secret)
+- [`GARAGE_ADMIN_TOKEN` and `GARAGE_ADMIN_TOKEN_FILE`](#admin_token)
+- [`GARAGE_METRICS_TOKEN` and `GARAGE_METRICS_TOKEN`](#admin_metrics_token)
+
+
+### Top-level configuration options
+
+#### `replication_factor` {#replication_factor}
+
+The replication factor can be any positive integer smaller or equal the node count in your cluster.
+The chosen replication factor has a big impact on the cluster's failure tolerancy and performance characteristics.
+
+- `1`: data stored on Garage is stored on a single node. There is no
+  redundancy, and data will be unavailable as soon as one node fails or its
+  network is disconnected.  Do not use this for anything else than test
+  deployments.
+
+- `2`: data stored on Garage will be stored on two different nodes, if possible
+  in different zones. Garage tolerates one node failure, or several nodes
+  failing but all in a single zone (in a deployment with at least two zones),
+  before losing data. Data remains available in read-only mode when one node is
+  down, but write operations will fail.
+
+- `3`: data stored on Garage will be stored on three different nodes, if
+  possible each in a different zones.  Garage tolerates two node failure, or
+  several node failures but in no more than two zones (in a deployment with at
+  least three zones), before losing data. As long as only a single node fails,
+  or node failures are only in a single zone, reading and writing data to
+  Garage can continue normally.
+
+- `5`, `7`, ...: When setting the replication factor above 3, it is most useful to
+  choose an uneven value, since for every two copies added, one more node can fail
+  before losing the ability to write and read to the cluster.
+
+Note that in modes `2` and `3`,
+if at least the same number of zones are available, an arbitrary number of failures in
+any given zone is tolerated as copies of data will be spread over several zones.
+
+**Make sure `replication_factor` is the same in the configuration files of all nodes.
+Never run a Garage cluster where that is not the case.**
+
+It is technically possible to change the replication factor although it's a
+dangerous operation that is not officially supported.  This requires you to
+delete the existing cluster layout and create a new layout from scratch,
+meaning that a full rebalancing of your cluster's data will be needed.  To do
+it, shut down your cluster entirely, delete the `custer_layout` files in the
+meta directories of all your nodes, update all your configuration files with
+the new `replication_factor` parameter, restart your cluster, and then create a
+new layout with all the nodes you want to keep.  Rebalancing data will take
+some time, and data might temporarily appear unavailable to your users.
+It is recommended to shut down public access to the cluster while rebalancing
+is in progress.  In theory, no data should be lost as rebalancing is a
+routine operation for Garage, although we cannot guarantee you that everything
+ will go right in such an extreme scenario.
+
+#### `consistency_mode` {#consistency_mode}
+
+The consistency mode setting determines the read and write behaviour of your cluster.
+
+  - `consistent`: The default setting. This is what the paragraph above describes.
+    The read and write quorum will be determined so that read-after-write consistency
+    is guaranteed.
+  - `degraded`: Lowers the read
+    quorum to `1`, to allow you to read data from your cluster when several
+    nodes (or nodes in several zones) are unavailable.  In this mode, Garage
+    does not provide read-after-write consistency anymore.
+    The write quorum stays the same as in the `consistent` mode, ensuring that
+    data successfully written to Garage is stored on multiple nodes (depending
+    the replication factor).
+  - `dangerous`: This mode lowers both the read
+    and write quorums to `1`, to allow you to both read and write to your
+    cluster when several nodes (or nodes in several zones) are unavailable.  It
+    is the least consistent mode of operation proposed by Garage, and also one
+    that should probably never be used.
+
+Changing the `consistency_mode` between modes while leaving the `replication_factor` untouched
+(e.g. setting your node's `consistency_mode` to `degraded` when it was previously unset, or from
+`dangerous` to `consistent`), can be done easily by just changing the `consistency_mode`
+parameter in your config files and restarting all your Garage nodes.
+
+The consistency mode can be used together with various replication factors, to achieve
+a wide range of read and write characteristics. Some examples:
+
+  - Replication factor `2`, consistency mode `degraded`: While this mode
+    technically exists, its properties are the same as with consistency mode `consistent`,
+    since the read quorum with replication factor `2`, consistency mode `consistent` is already 1.
+
+  - Replication factor `2`, consistency mode `dangerous`: written objects are written to
+    the second replica asynchronously. This means that Garage will return `200
+    OK` to a PutObject request before the second copy is fully written (or even
+    before it even starts being written).  This means that data can more easily
+    be lost if the node crashes before a second copy can be completed.  This
+    also means that written objects might not be visible immediately in read
+    operations.  In other words, this configuration severely breaks the consistency and
+    durability guarantees of standard Garage cluster operation.  Benefits of
+    this configuration: you can still write to your cluster when one node is
+    unavailable.
+
+The quorums associated with each replication mode are described below:
+
+| `consistency_mode` | `replication_factor` | Write quorum | Read quorum | Read-after-write consistency? |
+| ------------------ | -------------------- | ------------ | ----------- | ----------------------------- |
+| `consistent`       | 1                    | 1            | 1           | yes                           |
+| `consistent`       | 2                    | 2            | 1           | yes                           |
+| `dangerous`        | 2                    | 1            | 1           | NO                            |
+| `consistent`       | 3                    | 2            | 2           | yes                           |
+| `degraded`         | 3                    | 2            | 1           | NO                            |
+| `dangerous`        | 3                    | 1            | 1           | NO                            |
+
+#### `metadata_dir` {#metadata_dir}
+
+The directory in which Garage will store its metadata. This contains the node identifier,
+the network configuration and the peer list, the list of buckets and keys as well
+as the index of all objects, object version and object blocks.
+
+Store this folder on a fast SSD drive if possible to maximize Garage's performance.
+
+
+#### `data_dir` {#data_dir}
+
+The directory in which Garage will store the data blocks of objects.
+This folder can be placed on an HDD. The space available for `data_dir`
+should be counted to determine a node's capacity
+when [adding it to the cluster layout](@/documentation/cookbook/real-world.md).
+
+Since `v0.9.0`, Garage supports multiple data directories with the following syntax:
+
+```toml
+data_dir = [
+    { path = "/path/to/old_data", read_only = true },
+    { path = "/path/to/new_hdd1", capacity = "2T" },
+    { path = "/path/to/new_hdd2", capacity = "4T" },
+]
+```
+
+See [the dedicated documentation page](@/documentation/operations/multi-hdd.md)
+on how to operate Garage in such a setup.
+
+#### `metadata_snapshots_dir` (since `v1.1.0`) {#metadata_snapshots_dir}
+
+The directory in which Garage will store metadata snapshots when it
+performs a snapshot of the metadata database, either when instructed to do
+so from a RPC call or regularly through
+[`metadata_auto_snapshot_interval`](#metadata_auto_snapshot_interval).
+
+By default, Garage will store snapshots into a `snapshots/` subdirectory
+of [`metadata_dir`](#metadata_dir). This might quickly fill up your
+metadata storage space if you use snapshots, because Garage will need up
+to 4x the space of the existing metadata database: each snapshot requires
+roughly as much space as the original database, and Garage temporarily
+needs to store up to three different snapshots before it cleans up the oldest
+snapshot to go back to two stored snapshots.
+
+To prevent filling your disk, you might to change this setting to a
+directory with ample available space, e.g. on the same storage space as
+[`data_dir`](#data_dir).
+
+#### `db_engine` (since `v0.8.0`) {#db_engine}
+
+Since `v0.8.0`, Garage can use alternative storage backends as follows:
+
+| DB engine | `db_engine` value | Database path |
+| --------- | ----------------- | ------------- |
+| [LMDB](https://www.symas.com/lmdb) (since `v0.8.0`, default since `v0.9.0`) | `"lmdb"` | `<metadata_dir>/db.lmdb/` |
+| [Sqlite](https://sqlite.org) (since `v0.8.0`) | `"sqlite"` | `<metadata_dir>/db.sqlite` |
+| [Sled](https://sled.rs) (old default, removed since `v1.0`) | `"sled"` | `<metadata_dir>/db/` |
+
+Sled was supported until Garage v0.9.x, and was removed in Garage v1.0.
+You can still use an older binary of Garage (e.g. v0.9.4) to migrate
+old Sled metadata databases to another engine.
+
+Performance characteristics of the different DB engines are as follows:
+
+- LMDB: the recommended database engine for high-performance distributed clusters.
+LMDB works very well, but is known to have the following limitations:
+
+  - The data format of LMDB is not portable between architectures, so for
+    instance the Garage database of an x86-64 node cannot be moved to an ARM64
+    node.
+
+  - While LMDB can technically be used on 32-bit systems, this will limit your
+    node to very small database sizes due to how LMDB works; it is therefore
+    not recommended.
+
+  - Several users have reported corrupted LMDB database files after an unclean
+    shutdown (e.g. a power outage). This situation can generally be recovered
+    from if your cluster is geo-replicated (by rebuilding your metadata db from
+    other nodes), or if you have saved regular snapshots at the filesystem
+    level.
+
+  - Keys in LMDB are limited to 511 bytes. This limit translates to limits on
+    object keys in S3 and sort keys in K2V that are limted to 479 bytes.
+
+- Sqlite: Garage supports Sqlite as an alternative storage backend for
+  metadata, which does not have the issues listed above for LMDB.
+  On versions 0.8.x and earlier, Sqlite should be avoided due to abysmal
+  performance, which was fixed with the addition of `metadata_fsync`.
+  Sqlite is still probably slower than LMDB due to the way we use it,
+  so it is not the best choice for high-performance storage clusters,
+  but it should work fine in many cases.
+
+It is possible to convert Garage's metadata directory from one format to another
+using the `garage convert-db` command, which should be used as follows:
+
+```
+garage convert-db -a <input db engine> -i <input db path> \
+                  -b <output db engine> -o <output db path>
+```
+
+Make sure to specify the full database path as presented in the table above
+(third colummn), and not just the path to the metadata directory.
+
+#### `metadata_fsync` {#metadata_fsync}
+
+Whether to enable synchronous mode for the database engine or not.
+This is disabled (`false`) by default.
+
+This reduces the risk of metadata corruption in case of power failures,
+at the cost of a significant drop in write performance,
+as Garage will have to pause to sync data to disk much more often
+(several times for API calls such as PutObject).
+
+Using this option reduces the risk of simultaneous metadata corruption on several
+cluster nodes, which could lead to data loss.
+
+If multi-site replication is used, this option is most likely not necessary, as
+it is extremely unlikely that two nodes in different locations will have a
+power failure at the exact same time.
+
+(Metadata corruption on a single node is not an issue, the corrupted data file
+can always be deleted and reconstructed from the other nodes in the cluster.)
+
+Here is how this option impacts the different database engines:
+
+| Database | `metadata_fsync = false` (default) | `metadata_fsync = true`       |
+|----------|------------------------------------|-------------------------------|
+| Sqlite   | `PRAGMA synchronous = OFF`         | `PRAGMA synchronous = NORMAL` |
+| LMDB     | `MDB_NOMETASYNC` + `MDB_NOSYNC`    | `MDB_NOMETASYNC`              |
+
+Note that the Sqlite database is always ran in `WAL` mode (`PRAGMA journal_mode = WAL`).
+
+#### `data_fsync` {#data_fsync}
+
+Whether to `fsync` data blocks and their containing directory after they are
+saved to disk.
+This is disabled (`false`) by default.
+
+This might reduce the risk that a data block is lost in rare
+situations such as simultaneous node losing power,
+at the cost of a moderate drop in write performance.
+
+Similarly to `metatada_fsync`, this is likely not necessary
+if geographical replication is used.
+
+#### `metadata_auto_snapshot_interval` (since `v0.9.4`) {#metadata_auto_snapshot_interval}
+
+If this value is set, Garage will automatically take a snapshot of the metadata
+DB file at a regular interval and save it in the metadata directory.
+This parameter can take any duration string that can be parsed by
+the [`parse_duration`](https://docs.rs/parse_duration/latest/parse_duration/#syntax) crate.
+
+Snapshots can allow to recover from situations where the metadata DB file is
+corrupted, for instance after an unclean shutdown.  See [this
+page](@/documentation/operations/recovering.md#corrupted_meta) for details.
+Garage keeps only the two most recent snapshots of the metadata DB and deletes
+older ones automatically.
+
+Note that taking a metadata snapshot is a relatively intensive operation as the
+entire data file is copied. A snapshot being taken might have performance
+impacts on the Garage node while it is running. If the cluster is under heavy
+write load when a snapshot operation is running, this might also cause the
+database file to grow in size significantly as pages cannot be recycled easily.
+For this reason, it might be better to use filesystem-level snapshots instead
+if possible.
+
+#### `disable_scrub` {#disable_scrub}
+
+By default, Garage runs a scrub of the data directory approximately once per
+month, with a random delay to avoid all nodes running at the same time.  When
+it scrubs the data directory, Garage will read all of the data files stored on
+disk to check their integrity, and will rebuild any data files that it finds
+corrupted, using the remaining valid copies stored on other nodes.
+See [this page](@/documentation/operations/durability-repairs.md#scrub) for details.
+
+Set the `disable_scrub` configuration value to `true` if you don't need Garage
+to scrub the data directory, for instance if you are already scrubbing at the
+filesystem level. Note that in this case, if you find a corrupted data file,
+you should delete it from the data directory and then call `garage repair
+blocks` on the node to ensure that it re-obtains a copy from another node on
+the network.
+
+#### `use_local_tz` (since `v1.1.0`) {#use_local_tz}
+
+By default, Garage runs the lifecycle worker every day at midnight in UTC. Set the
+`use_local_tz` configuration value to `true` if you want Garage to run the
+lifecycle worker at midnight in your local timezone. If you have multiple nodes,
+you should also ensure that each node has the same timezone configuration.
+
+#### `block_size` {#block_size}
+
+Garage splits stored objects in consecutive chunks of size `block_size`
+(except the last one which might be smaller). The default size is 1MiB and
+should work in most cases. We recommend increasing it to e.g. 10MiB if
+you are using Garage to store large files and have fast network connections
+between all nodes (e.g. 1gbps).
+
+If you are interested in tuning this, feel free to do so (and remember to
+report your findings to us!). When this value is changed for a running Garage
+installation, only files newly uploaded will be affected. Previously uploaded
+files will remain available. This however means that chunks from existing files
+will not be deduplicated with chunks from newly uploaded files, meaning you
+might use more storage space that is optimally possible.
+
+#### `block_ram_buffer_max` (since `v0.9.4`) {#block_ram_buffer_max}
+
+A limit on the total size of data blocks kept in RAM by S3 API nodes awaiting
+to be sent to storage nodes asynchronously.
+
+Explanation: since Garage wants to tolerate node failures, it uses quorum
+writes to send data blocks to storage nodes: try to write the block to three
+nodes, and return ok as soon as two writes complete. So even if all three nodes
+are online, the third write always completes asynchronously.  In general, there
+are not many writes to a cluster, and the third asynchronous write can
+terminate early enough so as to not cause unbounded RAM growth.  However, if
+the S3 API node is continuously receiving large quantities of data and the
+third node is never able to catch up, many data blocks will be kept buffered in
+RAM as they are awaiting transfer to the third node.
+
+The `block_ram_buffer_max` sets a limit to the size of buffers that can be kept
+in RAM in this process.  When the limit is reached, backpressure is applied
+back to the S3 client.
+
+Note that this only counts buffers that have arrived to a certain stage of
+processing (received from the client + encrypted and/or compressed as
+necessary) and are ready to send to the storage nodes. Many other buffers will
+not be counted and this is not a hard limit on RAM consumption.  In particular,
+if many clients send requests simultaneously with large objects, the RAM
+consumption will always grow linearly with the number of concurrent requests,
+as each request will use a few buffers of size `block_size` for receiving and
+intermediate processing before even trying to send the data to the storage
+node.
+
+The default value is 256MiB.
+
+#### `lmdb_map_size` {#lmdb_map_size}
+
+This parameters can be used to set the map size used by LMDB,
+which is the size of the virtual memory region used for mapping the database file.
+The value of this parameter is the maximum size the metadata database can take.
+This value is not bound by the physical RAM size of the machine running Garage.
+If not specified, it defaults to 1GiB on 32-bit machines and 1TiB on 64-bit machines.
+
+#### `compression_level` {#compression_level}
+
+Zstd compression level to use for storing blocks.
+
+Values between `1` (faster compression) and `19` (smaller file) are standard compression
+levels for zstd. From `20` to `22`, compression levels are referred as "ultra" and must be
+used with extra care as it will use lot of memory. A value of `0` will let zstd choose a
+default value (currently `3`). Finally, zstd has also compression designed to be faster
+than default compression levels, they range from `-1` (smaller file) to `-99` (faster
+compression).
+
+If you do not specify a `compression_level` entry, Garage will set it to `1` for you. With
+this parameters, zstd consumes low amount of cpu and should work faster than line speed in
+most situations, while saving some space and intra-cluster
+bandwidth.
+
+If you want to totally deactivate zstd in Garage, you can pass the special value `'none'`. No
+zstd related code will be called, your chunks will be stored on disk without any processing.
+
+Compression is done synchronously, setting a value too high will add latency to write queries.
+
+This value can be different between nodes, compression is done by the node which receive the
+API call.
+
+#### `rpc_secret`, `rpc_secret_file` or `GARAGE_RPC_SECRET`, `GARAGE_RPC_SECRET_FILE` (env) {#rpc_secret}
+
+Garage uses a secret key, called an RPC secret, that is shared between all
+nodes of the cluster in order to identify these nodes and allow them to
+communicate together. The RPC secret is a 32-byte hex-encoded random string,
+which can be generated with a command such as `openssl rand -hex 32`.
+
+The RPC secret should be specified in the `rpc_secret` configuration variable.
+Since Garage `v0.8.2`, the RPC secret can also be stored in a file whose path is
+given in the configuration variable `rpc_secret_file`, or specified as an
+environment variable `GARAGE_RPC_SECRET`.
+
+Since Garage `v0.8.5` and `v0.9.1`, you can also specify the path of a file
+storing the secret as the `GARAGE_RPC_SECRET_FILE` environment variable.
+
+#### `rpc_bind_addr` {#rpc_bind_addr}
+
+The address and port on which to bind for inter-cluster communcations
+(reffered to as RPC for remote procedure calls).
+The port specified here should be the same one that other nodes will used to contact
+the node, even in the case of a NAT: the NAT should be configured to forward the external
+port number to the same internal port nubmer. This means that if you have several nodes running
+behind a NAT, they should each use a different RPC port number.
+
+#### `rpc_bind_outgoing` (since `v0.9.2`) {#rpc_bind_outgoing}
+
+If enabled, pre-bind all sockets for outgoing connections to the same IP address
+used for listening (the IP address specified in `rpc_bind_addr`) before
+trying to connect to remote nodes.
+This can be necessary if a node has multiple IP addresses,
+but only one is allowed or able to reach the other nodes,
+for instance due to firewall rules or specific routing configuration.
+
+Disabled by default.
+
+#### `rpc_public_addr` {#rpc_public_addr}
+
+The address and port that other nodes need to use to contact this node for
+RPC calls.  **This parameter is optional but recommended.** In case you have
+a NAT that binds the RPC port to a port that is different on your public IP,
+this field might help making it work.
+
+#### `rpc_public_addr_subnet` {#rpc_public_addr_subnet}
+In case `rpc_public_addr` is not set, but autodiscovery is used, this allows
+filtering the list of automatically discovered IPs to a specific subnet.
+
+For example, if nodes should pick *their* IP inside a specific subnet, but you
+don't want to explicitly write the IP down (as it's dynamic, or you want to
+share configs across nodes), you can use this option.
+
+#### `bootstrap_peers` {#bootstrap_peers}
+
+A list of peer identifiers on which to contact other Garage peers of this cluster.
+These peer identifiers have the following syntax:
+
+```
+<node public key>@<node public IP or hostname>:<port>
+```
+
+In the case where `rpc_public_addr` is correctly specified in the
+configuration file, the full identifier of a node including IP and port can
+be obtained by running `garage node id` and then included directly in the
+`bootstrap_peers` list of other nodes.  Otherwise, only the node's public
+key will be returned by `garage node id` and you will have to add the IP
+yourself.
+
+### `allow_world_readable_secrets` or `GARAGE_ALLOW_WORLD_READABLE_SECRETS` (env) {#allow_world_readable_secrets}
+
+Garage checks the permissions of your secret files to make sure they're not
+world-readable. In some cases, the check might fail and consider your files as
+world-readable even if they're not, for instance when using Posix ACLs.
+
+Setting `allow_world_readable_secrets` to `true` bypass this
+permission verification.
+
+Alternatively, you can set the `GARAGE_ALLOW_WORLD_READABLE_SECRETS`
+environment variable to `true` to bypass the permissions check.
+
+### The `[consul_discovery]` section
+
+Garage supports discovering other nodes of the cluster using Consul.  For this
+to work correctly, nodes need to know their IP address by which they can be
+reached by other nodes of the cluster, which should be set in `rpc_public_addr`.
+
+#### `consul_http_addr` {#consul_http_addr}
+
+The `consul_http_addr` parameter should be set to the full HTTP(S) address of the Consul server.
+
+#### `api` {#consul_api}
+
+Two APIs for service registration are supported: `catalog`  and `agent`. `catalog`, the default, will register a service using
+the `/v1/catalog` endpoints, enabling mTLS if `client_cert` and `client_key` are provided. The `agent` API uses the
+`v1/agent` endpoints instead, where an optional `token` may be provided.
+
+#### `service_name` {#consul_service_name}
+
+`service_name` should be set to the service name under which Garage's
+RPC ports are announced.
+
+#### `client_cert`, `client_key` {#consul_client_cert_and_key}
+
+TLS client certificate and client key to use when communicating with Consul over TLS. Both are mandatory when doing so.
+Only available when `api = "catalog"`.
+
+#### `ca_cert` {#consul_ca_cert}
+
+TLS CA certificate to use when communicating with Consul over TLS.
+
+#### `tls_skip_verify` {#consul_tls_skip_verify}
+
+Skip server hostname verification in TLS handshake.
+`ca_cert` is ignored when this is set.
+
+#### `token` {#consul_token}
+
+Uses the provided token for communication with Consul. Only available when `api = "agent"`.
+The policy assigned to this token should at least have these rules:
+
+```hcl
+// the `service_name` specified above
+service "garage" {
+  policy = "write"
+}
+
+service_prefix "" {
+  policy = "read"
+}
+
+node_prefix "" {
+  policy = "read"
+}
+```
+
+#### `tags` and `meta` {#consul_tags_and_meta}
+
+Additional list of tags and map of service meta to add during service registration.
+
+### The `[kubernetes_discovery]` section
+
+Garage supports discovering other nodes of the cluster using kubernetes custom
+resources. For this to work, a `[kubernetes_discovery]` section must be present
+with at least the `namespace` and `service_name` parameters.
+
+#### `namespace` {#kube_namespace}
+
+`namespace` sets the namespace in which the custom resources are
+configured.
+
+#### `service_name` {#kube_service_name}
+
+`service_name` is added as a label to the advertised resources to
+filter them, to allow for multiple deployments in a single namespace.
+
+#### `skip_crd` {#kube_skip_crd}
+
+`skip_crd` can be set to true to disable the automatic creation and
+patching of the `garagenodes.deuxfleurs.fr` CRD. You will need to create the CRD
+manually.
+
+
+### The `[s3_api]` section
+
+#### `api_bind_addr` {#s3_api_bind_addr}
+
+The IP and port on which to bind for accepting S3 API calls.
+This endpoint does not suport TLS: a reverse proxy should be used to provide it.
+
+Alternatively, since `v0.8.5`, a path can be used to create a unix socket with 0222 mode.
+
+#### `s3_region` {#s3_region}
+
+Garage will accept S3 API calls that are targetted to the S3 region defined here.
+API calls targetted to other regions will fail with a AuthorizationHeaderMalformed error
+message that redirects the client to the correct region.
+
+#### `root_domain` {#s3_root_domain}
+
+The optional suffix to access bucket using vhost-style in addition to path-style request.
+Note path-style requests are always enabled, whether or not vhost-style is configured.
+Configuring vhost-style S3 required a wildcard DNS entry, and possibly a wildcard TLS certificate,
+but might be required by softwares not supporting path-style requests.
+
+If `root_domain` is `s3.garage.eu`, a bucket called `my-bucket` can be interacted with
+using the hostname `my-bucket.s3.garage.eu`.
+
+
+
+### The `[s3_web]` section
+
+Garage allows to publish content of buckets as websites. This section configures the
+behaviour of this module.
+
+#### `bind_addr` {#web_bind_addr}
+
+The IP and port on which to bind for accepting HTTP requests to buckets configured
+for website access.
+This endpoint does not suport TLS: a reverse proxy should be used to provide it.
+
+Alternatively, since `v0.8.5`, a path can be used to create a unix socket with 0222 mode.
+
+#### `root_domain` {#web_root_domain}
+
+The optional suffix appended to bucket names for the corresponding HTTP Host.
+
+For instance, if `root_domain` is `web.garage.eu`, a bucket called `deuxfleurs.fr`
+will be accessible either with hostname `deuxfleurs.fr.web.garage.eu`
+or with hostname `deuxfleurs.fr`.
+
+#### `add_host_to_metrics` {#web_add_host_to_metrics}
+
+Whether to include the requested domain name (HTTP `Host` header) in the
+Prometheus metrics of the web endpoint. This is disabled by default as the
+number of possible values is not bounded and can be a source of cardinality
+explosion in the exported metrics.
+
+
+### The `[admin]` section
+
+Garage has a few administration capabilities, in particular to allow remote monitoring. These features are detailed below.
+
+#### `api_bind_addr` {#admin_api_bind_addr}
+
+If specified, Garage will bind an HTTP server to this port and address, on
+which it will listen to requests for administration features.
+See [administration API reference](@/documentation/reference-manual/admin-api.md) to learn more about these features.
+
+Alternatively, since `v0.8.5`, a path can be used to create a unix socket. Note that for security reasons,
+the socket will have 0220 mode. Make sure to set user and group permissions accordingly.
+
+#### `metrics_token`, `metrics_token_file` or `GARAGE_METRICS_TOKEN`, `GARAGE_METRICS_TOKEN_FILE` (env) {#admin_metrics_token}
+
+The token for accessing the Metrics endpoint. If this token is not set, the
+Metrics endpoint can be accessed without access control.
+
+You can use any random string for this value. We recommend generating a random token with `openssl rand -base64 32`.
+
+`metrics_token` was introduced in Garage `v0.7.2`.
+`metrics_token_file` and the `GARAGE_METRICS_TOKEN` environment variable are supported since Garage `v0.8.2`.
+
+`GARAGE_METRICS_TOKEN_FILE` is supported since `v0.8.5` / `v0.9.1`.
+
+#### `admin_token`, `admin_token_file` or `GARAGE_ADMIN_TOKEN`, `GARAGE_ADMIN_TOKEN_FILE` (env) {#admin_token}
+
+The token for accessing all of the other administration endpoints.  If this
+token is not set, access to these endpoints is disabled entirely.
+
+You can use any random string for this value. We recommend generating a random token with `openssl rand -base64 32`.
+
+`admin_token` was introduced in Garage `v0.7.2`.
+`admin_token_file` and the `GARAGE_ADMIN_TOKEN` environment variable are supported since Garage `v0.8.2`.
+
+`GARAGE_ADMIN_TOKEN_FILE` is supported since `v0.8.5` / `v0.9.1`.
+
+#### `trace_sink` {#admin_trace_sink}
+
+Optionally, the address of an OpenTelemetry collector.  If specified,
+Garage will send traces in the OpenTelemetry format to this endpoint. These
+trace allow to inspect Garage's operation when it handles S3 API requests.
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+++
+title = "List of Garage features"
+weight = 10
+++
+
+
+### S3 API
+
+The main goal of Garage is to provide an object storage service that is compatible with the
+[S3 API](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/Welcome.html) from Amazon Web Services.
+We try to adhere as strictly as possible to the semantics of the API as implemented by Amazon
+and other vendors such as Minio or CEPH.
+
+Of course Garage does not implement the full span of API endpoints that AWS S3 does;
+the exact list of S3 features implemented by Garage can be found [on our S3 compatibility page](@/documentation/reference-manual/s3-compatibility.md).
+
+### Geo-distribution
+
+Garage allows you to store copies of your data in multiple geographical locations in order to maximize resilience
+to adverse events, such as network/power outages or hardware failures.
+This allows Garage to run very well even at home, using consumer-grade Internet connectivity
+(such as FTTH) and power, as long as cluster nodes can be spawned at several physical locations.
+Garage exploits knowledge of the capacity and physical location of each storage node to design
+a storage plan that best exploits the available storage capacity while satisfying the geo-distributed replication constraint.
+
+To learn more about geo-distributed Garage clusters,
+read our documentation on [setting up a real-world deployment](@/documentation/cookbook/real-world.md).
+
+### Standalone/self-contained
+
+Garage is extremely simple to deploy, and does not depend on any external service to run.
+This makes setting up and administering storage clusters, we hope, as easy as it could be.
+
+### Flexible topology
+
+A Garage cluster can very easily evolve over time, as storage nodes are added or removed.
+Garage will automatically rebalance data between nodes as needed to ensure the desired number of copies.
+Read about cluster layout management [here](@/documentation/operations/layout.md).
+
+### Several replication modes
+
+Garage supports a variety of replication modes, with configurable replica count,
+and with various levels of consistency, in order to adapt to a variety of usage scenarios.
+Read our reference page on [supported replication modes](@/documentation/reference-manual/configuration.md#replication_factor)
+to select the replication mode best suited to your use case (hint: in most cases, `replication_factor = 3` is what you want).
+
+### Compression and deduplication
+
+All data stored in Garage is deduplicated, and optionnally compressed using
+Zstd.  Objects uploaded to Garage are chunked in blocks of constant sizes (see
+[`block_size`](@/documentation/reference-manual/configuration.md#block_size)),
+and the hashes of individual blocks are used to dispatch them to storage nodes
+and to deduplicate them.
+
+### No RAFT slowing you down
+
+It might seem strange to tout the absence of something as a desirable feature,
+but this is in fact a very important point! Garage does not use RAFT or another
+consensus algorithm internally to order incoming requests: this means that all requests
+directed to a Garage cluster can be handled independently of one another instead
+of going through a central bottleneck (the leader node).
+As a consequence, requests can be handled much faster, even in cases where latency
+between cluster nodes is important (see our [benchmarks](@/documentation/design/benchmarks/index.md) for data on this).
+This is particularly useful when nodes are far from one another and talk to one other through standard Internet connections.
+
+### Web server for static websites
+
+A storage bucket can easily be configured to be served directly by Garage as a static web site.
+Domain names for multiple websites directly map to bucket names, making it easy to build
+a platform for your users to autonomously build and host their websites over Garage.
+Surprisingly, none of the other alternative S3 implementations we surveyed (such as Minio
+or CEPH) support publishing static websites from S3 buckets, a feature that is however
+directly inherited from S3 on AWS.
+Read more on our [dedicated documentation page](@/documentation/cookbook/exposing-websites.md).
+
+### Bucket names as aliases
+
+In Garage, a bucket may have several names, known as aliases.
+Aliases can easily be added and removed on demand:
+this allows to easily rename buckets if needed
+without having to copy all of their content, something that cannot be done on AWS.
+For buckets served as static websites, having multiple aliases for a bucket can allow
+exposing the same content under different domain names.
+
+Garage also supports bucket aliases which are local to a single user:
+this allows different users to have different buckets with the same name, thus avoiding naming collisions.
+This can be helpfull for instance if you want to write an application that creates per-user buckets with always the same name.
+
+This feature is totally invisible to S3 clients and does not break compatibility with AWS.
+
+### Cluster administration API
+
+Garage provides a fully-fledged REST API to administer your cluster programatically.
+Functionality included in the admin API include: setting up and monitoring
+cluster nodes, managing access credentials, and managing storage buckets and bucket aliases.
+A full reference of the administration API is available [here](@/documentation/reference-manual/admin-api.md).
+
+### Metrics and traces
+
+Garage makes some internal metrics available in the Prometheus data format,
+which allows you to build interactive dashboards to visualize the load and internal state of your storage cluster.
+
+For developpers and performance-savvy administrators,
+Garage also supports exporting traces of what it does internally in OpenTelemetry format.
+This allows to monitor the time spent at various steps of the processing of requests,
+in order to detect potential performance bottlenecks.
+
+### Kubernetes and Nomad integrations
+
+Garage can automatically discover other nodes in the cluster thanks to integration
+with orchestrators such as Kubernetes and Nomad (when used with Consul).
+This eases the configuration of your cluster as it removes one step where nodes need
+to be manually connected to one another.
+
+### Support for changing IP addresses
+
+As long as all of your nodes don't change their IP address at the same time,
+Garage should be able to tolerate nodes with changing/dynamic IP addresses,
+as nodes will regularly exchange the IP addresses of their peers and try to
+reconnect using newer addresses when existing connections are broken.
+
+### K2V API (experimental)
+
+As part of an ongoing research project, Garage can expose an experimental key/value storage API called K2V.
+K2V is made for the storage and retrieval of many small key/value pairs that need to be processed in bulk.
+This completes the S3 API with an alternative that can be used to easily store and access metadata
+related to objects stored in an S3 bucket.
+
+In the context of our research project, [Aérogramme](https://aerogramme.deuxfleurs.fr),
+K2V is used to provide metadata and log storage for operations on encrypted e-mail storage.
+
+Learn more on the specification of K2V [here](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage/src/branch/k2v/doc/drafts/k2v-spec.md)
+and on how to enable it in Garage [here](@/documentation/reference-manual/k2v.md).
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+++
+title = "K2V"
+weight = 100
+++
+
+Starting with version 0.7.2, Garage introduces an optional feature, K2V,
+which is an alternative storage API designed to help efficiently store
+many small values in buckets (in opposition to S3 which is more designed
+to store large blobs).
+
+K2V is currently disabled at compile time in all builds, as the
+specification is still subject to changes. To build a Garage version with
+K2V, the Cargo feature flag `k2v` must be activated.  Special builds with
+the `k2v` feature flag enabled can be obtained from our download page under
+"Extra builds": such builds can be identified easily as their tag name ends
+with `-k2v` (example: `v0.7.2-k2v`).
+
+The specification of the K2V API can be found
+[here](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage/src/branch/main/doc/drafts/k2v-spec.md).
+This document also includes a high-level overview of K2V's design.
+
+The K2V API uses AWSv4 signatures for authentification, same as the S3 API.
+The AWS region used for signature calculation is always the same as the one
+defined for the S3 API in the config file.
+
+## Enabling and using K2V
+
+To enable K2V, download and run a build that has the `k2v` feature flag
+enabled, or produce one yourself. Then, add the following section to your
+configuration file:
+
+```toml
+[k2v_api]
+api_bind_addr = "<ip>:<port>"
+```
+
+Please select a port number that is not already in use by another API
+endpoint (S3 api, admin API) or by the RPC server.
+
+We provide an early-stage K2V client library for Rust which can be imported by adding the following to your `Cargo.toml` file:
+
+```toml
+k2v-client = { git = "https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage.git" }
+```
+
+There is also a simple CLI utility which can be built from source in the
+following way:
+
+```sh
+git clone https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage.git
+cd garage/src/k2v-client
+cargo build --features cli --bin k2v-cli
+```
+
+The CLI utility is self-documented, run `k2v-cli --help` to learn how to use
+it. There is also a short README.md in the `src/k2v-client` folder with some
+instructions.
+
@@ -0,0 +1,402 @@
+
+++
+title = "Monitoring"
+weight = 60
+++
+
+
+For information on setting up monitoring, see our [dedicated page](@/documentation/cookbook/monitoring.md) in the Cookbook section.
+
+## List of exported metrics
+
+### Garage system metrics
+
+#### `garage_build_info` (counter)
+
+Exposes the Garage version number running on a node.
+
+```
+garage_build_info{version="1.0"} 1
+```
+
+#### `garage_replication_factor` (counter)
+
+Exposes the Garage replication factor configured on the node
+
+```
+garage_replication_factor 3
+```
+
+#### `garage_local_disk_avail` and `garage_local_disk_total` (gauge)
+
+Reports the available and total disk space on each node, for data and metadata separately.
+
+```
+garage_local_disk_avail{volume="data"} 540341960704
+garage_local_disk_avail{volume="metadata"} 540341960704
+garage_local_disk_total{volume="data"} 763063566336
+garage_local_disk_total{volume="metadata"} 763063566336
+```
+
+### Cluster health status metrics
+
+#### `cluster_healthy` (gauge)
+
+Whether all storage nodes are connected (0 or 1)
+
+```
+cluster_healthy 0
+```
+
+#### `cluster_available` (gauge)
+
+Whether all requests can be served, even if some storage nodes are disconnected
+
+```
+cluster_available 1
+```
+
+#### `cluster_connected_nodes` (gauge)
+
+Number of nodes currently connected
+
+```
+cluster_connected_nodes 3
+```
+
+#### `cluster_known_nodes` (gauge)
+
+Number of nodes already seen once in the cluster
+
+```
+cluster_known_nodes 3
+```
+
+#### `cluster_layout_node_connected` (gauge)
+
+Connection status for individual nodes of the cluster layout
+
+```
+cluster_layout_node_connected{id="62b218d848e86a64",role_capacity="1000000000",role_gateway="0",role_zone="dc1"} 1
+cluster_layout_node_connected{id="a11c7cf18af29737",role_capacity="1000000000",role_gateway="0",role_zone="dc1"} 0
+cluster_layout_node_connected{id="a235ac7695e0c54d",role_capacity="1000000000",role_gateway="0",role_zone="dc1"} 1
+cluster_layout_node_connected{id="b10c110e4e854e5a",role_capacity="1000000000",role_gateway="0",role_zone="dc1"} 1
+```
+
+#### `cluster_layout_node_disconnected_time` (gauge)
+
+Time (in seconds) since last connection to individual nodes of the cluster layout
+
+```
+cluster_layout_node_disconnected_time{id="62b218d848e86a64",role_capacity="1000000000",role_gateway="0",role_zone="dc1"} 0
+cluster_layout_node_disconnected_time{id="a235ac7695e0c54d",role_capacity="1000000000",role_gateway="0",role_zone="dc1"} 0
+cluster_layout_node_disconnected_time{id="b10c110e4e854e5a",role_capacity="1000000000",role_gateway="0",role_zone="dc1"} 0
+```
+
+#### `cluster_storage_nodes` (gauge)
+
+Number of storage nodes declared in the current layout
+
+```
+cluster_storage_nodes 4
+```
+
+#### `cluster_storage_nodes_ok` (gauge)
+
+Number of storage nodes currently connected
+
+```
+cluster_storage_nodes_ok 3
+```
+
+#### `cluster_partitions` (gauge)
+
+Number of partitions in the layout (this is always 256)
+
+```
+cluster_partitions 256
+```
+
+#### `cluster_partitions_all_ok` (gauge)
+
+Number of partitions for which all storage nodes are connected
+
+```
+cluster_partitions_all_ok 64
+```
+
+#### `cluster_partitions_quorum` (gauge)
+
+Number of partitions for which we have a quorum of connected nodes and all requests can be served
+
+```
+cluster_partitions_quorum 256
+```
+
+### Metrics of the API endpoints
+
+#### `api_admin_request_counter` (counter)
+
+Counts the number of requests to a given endpoint of the administration API. Example:
+
+```
+api_admin_request_counter{api_endpoint="Metrics"} 127041
+```
+
+#### `api_admin_request_duration` (histogram)
+
+Evaluates the duration of API calls to the various administration API endpoint. Example:
+
+```
+api_admin_request_duration_bucket{api_endpoint="Metrics",le="0.5"} 127041
+api_admin_request_duration_sum{api_endpoint="Metrics"} 605.250344830999
+api_admin_request_duration_count{api_endpoint="Metrics"} 127041
+```
+
+#### `api_s3_request_counter` (counter)
+
+Counts the number of requests to a given endpoint of the S3 API. Example:
+
+```
+api_s3_request_counter{api_endpoint="CreateMultipartUpload"} 1
+```
+
+#### `api_s3_error_counter` (counter)
+
+Counts the number of requests to a given endpoint of the S3 API that returned an error. Example:
+
+```
+api_s3_error_counter{api_endpoint="GetObject",status_code="404"} 39
+```
+
+#### `api_s3_request_duration` (histogram)
+
+Evaluates the duration of API calls to the various S3 API endpoints. Example:
+
+```
+api_s3_request_duration_bucket{api_endpoint="CreateMultipartUpload",le="0.5"} 1
+api_s3_request_duration_sum{api_endpoint="CreateMultipartUpload"} 0.046340762
+api_s3_request_duration_count{api_endpoint="CreateMultipartUpload"} 1
+```
+
+#### `api_k2v_request_counter` (counter), `api_k2v_error_counter` (counter), `api_k2v_error_duration` (histogram)
+
+Same as for S3, for the K2V API.
+
+
+### Metrics of the Web endpoint
+
+
+#### `web_request_counter` (counter)
+
+Number of requests to the web endpoint
+
+```
+web_request_counter{method="GET"} 80
+```
+
+#### `web_request_duration` (histogram)
+
+Duration of requests to the web endpoint
+
+```
+web_request_duration_bucket{method="GET",le="0.5"} 80
+web_request_duration_sum{method="GET"} 1.0528433229999998
+web_request_duration_count{method="GET"} 80
+```
+
+#### `web_error_counter` (counter)
+
+Number of requests to the web endpoint resulting in errors
+
+```
+web_error_counter{method="GET",status_code="404 Not Found"} 64
+```
+
+
+### Metrics of the data block manager
+
+#### `block_bytes_read`, `block_bytes_written` (counter)
+
+Number of bytes read/written to/from disk in the data storage directory.
+
+```
+block_bytes_read 120586322022
+block_bytes_written 3386618077
+```
+
+#### `block_ram_buffer_free_kb` (gauge)
+
+Kibibytes available for buffering blocks that have to be sent to remote nodes.
+When clients send too much data to this node and a storage node is not receiving
+data fast enough due to slower network conditions, this will decrease down to
+zero and backpressure will be applied.
+
+```
+block_ram_buffer_free_kb 219829
+```
+
+#### `block_compression_level` (counter)
+
+Exposes the block compression level configured for the Garage node.
+
+```
+block_compression_level 3
+```
+
+#### `block_read_duration`, `block_write_duration` (histograms)
+
+Evaluates the duration of the reading/writing of individual data blocks in the data storage directory.
+
+```
+block_read_duration_bucket{le="0.5"} 169229
+block_read_duration_sum 2761.6902550310056
+block_read_duration_count 169240
+block_write_duration_bucket{le="0.5"} 3559
+block_write_duration_sum 195.59170078500006
+block_write_duration_count 3571
+```
+
+#### `block_delete_counter` (counter)
+
+Counts the number of data blocks that have been deleted from storage.
+
+```
+block_delete_counter 122
+```
+
+#### `block_resync_counter` (counter), `block_resync_duration` (histogram)
+
+Counts the number of resync operations the node has executed, and evaluates their duration.
+
+```
+block_resync_counter 308897
+block_resync_duration_bucket{le="0.5"} 308892
+block_resync_duration_sum 139.64204196100016
+block_resync_duration_count 308897
+```
+
+#### `block_resync_queue_length` (gauge)
+
+The number of block hashes currently queued for a resync.
+This is normal to be nonzero for long periods of time.
+
+```
+block_resync_queue_length 0
+```
+
+#### `block_resync_errored_blocks` (gauge)
+
+The number of block hashes that we were unable to resync last time we tried.
+**THIS SHOULD BE ZERO, OR FALL BACK TO ZERO RAPIDLY, IN A HEALTHY CLUSTER.**
+Persistent nonzero values indicate that some data is likely to be lost.
+
+```
+block_resync_errored_blocks 0
+```
+
+
+### Metrics related to RPCs (remote procedure calls) between nodes
+
+#### `rpc_netapp_request_counter` (counter)
+
+Number of RPC requests emitted
+
+```
+rpc_request_counter{from="<this node>",rpc_endpoint="garage_block/manager.rs/Rpc",to="<remote node>"} 176
+```
+
+#### `rpc_netapp_error_counter` (counter)
+
+Number of communication errors (errors in the Netapp library, generally due to disconnected nodes)
+
+```
+rpc_netapp_error_counter{from="<this node>",rpc_endpoint="garage_block/manager.rs/Rpc",to="<remote node>"} 354
+```
+
+#### `rpc_timeout_counter` (counter)
+
+Number of RPC timeouts, should be close to zero in a healthy cluster.
+
+```
+rpc_timeout_counter{from="<this node>",rpc_endpoint="garage_rpc/membership.rs/SystemRpc",to="<remote node>"} 1
+```
+
+#### `rpc_duration` (histogram)
+
+The duration of internal RPC calls between Garage nodes.
+
+```
+rpc_duration_bucket{from="<this node>",rpc_endpoint="garage_block/manager.rs/Rpc",to="<remote node>",le="0.5"} 166
+rpc_duration_sum{from="<this node>",rpc_endpoint="garage_block/manager.rs/Rpc",to="<remote node>"} 35.172253716
+rpc_duration_count{from="<this node>",rpc_endpoint="garage_block/manager.rs/Rpc",to="<remote node>"} 174
+```
+
+
+### Metrics of the metadata table manager
+
+#### `table_gc_todo_queue_length` (gauge)
+
+Table garbage collector TODO queue length
+
+```
+table_gc_todo_queue_length{table_name="block_ref"} 0
+```
+
+#### `table_get_request_counter` (counter), `table_get_request_duration` (histogram)
+
+Number of get/get_range requests internally made on each table, and their duration.
+
+```
+table_get_request_counter{table_name="bucket_alias"} 315
+table_get_request_duration_bucket{table_name="bucket_alias",le="0.5"} 315
+table_get_request_duration_sum{table_name="bucket_alias"} 0.048509778000000024
+table_get_request_duration_count{table_name="bucket_alias"} 315
+```
+
+
+#### `table_put_request_counter` (counter), `table_put_request_duration` (histogram)
+
+Number of insert/insert_many requests internally made on this table, and their duration
+
+```
+table_put_request_counter{table_name="block_ref"} 677
+table_put_request_duration_bucket{table_name="block_ref",le="0.5"} 677
+table_put_request_duration_sum{table_name="block_ref"} 61.617528636
+table_put_request_duration_count{table_name="block_ref"} 677
+```
+
+#### `table_internal_delete_counter` (counter)
+
+Number of value deletions in the tree (due to GC or repartitioning)
+
+```
+table_internal_delete_counter{table_name="block_ref"} 2296
+```
+
+#### `table_internal_update_counter` (counter)
+
+Number of value updates where the value actually changes (includes creation of new key and update of existing key)
+
+```
+table_internal_update_counter{table_name="block_ref"} 5996
+```
+
+#### `table_merkle_updater_todo_queue_length` (gauge)
+
+Merkle tree updater TODO queue length (should fall to zero rapidly)
+
+```
+table_merkle_updater_todo_queue_length{table_name="block_ref"} 0
+```
+
+#### `table_sync_items_received`, `table_sync_items_sent` (counters)
+
+Number of data items sent to/received from other nodes during resync procedures
+
+```
+table_sync_items_received{from="<remote node>",table_name="bucket_v2"} 3
+table_sync_items_sent{table_name="block_ref",to="<remote node>"} 2
+```
+
+
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+++
+title = "S3 Compatibility status"
+weight = 70
+++
+
+## DISCLAIMER
+
+**The compatibility list for other platforms is given only for informational
+purposes and based on available documentation.** They are sometimes completed,
+in a best effort approach, with the source code and inputs from maintainers
+when documentation is lacking. We are not proactively monitoring new versions
+of each software: check the modification history to know when the page has been
+updated for the last time. Some entries will be inexact or outdated. For any
+serious decision, you must make your own tests.
+**The official documentation of each project can be accessed by clicking on the
+project name in the column header.**
+
+Feel free to open a PR to suggest fixes this table. Minio is missing because they do not provide a public S3 compatibility list.
+
+## Update history
+
+- 2022-02-07 - First version of this page
+- 2022-05-25 - Many Ceph S3 endpoints are not documented but implemented. Following a notification from the Ceph community, we added them.
+
+
+
+## High-level features
+
+| Feature                      | Garage                           | [Openstack Swift](https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/s3_compat.html) | [Ceph Object Gateway](https://docs.ceph.com/en/latest/radosgw/s3/) | [Riak CS](https://docs.riak.com/riak/cs/2.1.1/references/apis/storage/s3/index.html) | [OpenIO](https://docs.openio.io/latest/source/arch-design/s3_compliancy.html) |
+|------------------------------|----------------------------------|-----------------|---------------|---------|-----|
+| [signature v2](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-2.html) (deprecated) | ❌ Missing | ✅ |  ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [signature v4](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html) |  ✅ Implemented |  ✅ |  ✅ | ❌ | ✅ |
+| [URL path-style](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/VirtualHosting.html#path-style-access) (eg. `host.tld/bucket/key`) |  ✅ Implemented | ✅ |  ✅ | ❓| ✅ |
+| [URL vhost-style](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/VirtualHosting.html#virtual-hosted-style-access) URL (eg. `bucket.host.tld/key`) |  ✅ Implemented | ❌| ✅| ✅ | ✅ |
+| [Presigned URLs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ShareObjectPreSignedURL.html) |  ✅ Implemented | ❌|  ✅ | ✅ |  ✅(❓) |
+| [SSE-C encryption](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) |  ✅ Implemented | ❓ |  ✅ | ❌ |  ✅ |
+
+*Note:* OpenIO does not says if it supports presigned URLs. Because it is part
+of signature v4 and they claim they support it without additional precisions,
+we suppose that OpenIO supports presigned URLs.
+
+
+## Endpoint implementation
+
+All endpoints that are missing on Garage will return a 501 Not Implemented.
+Some `x-amz-` headers are not implemented.
+
+### Core endoints
+
+| Endpoint                     | Garage                           | [Openstack Swift](https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/s3_compat.html) | [Ceph Object Gateway](https://docs.ceph.com/en/latest/radosgw/s3/) | [Riak CS](https://docs.riak.com/riak/cs/2.1.1/references/apis/storage/s3/index.html) | [OpenIO](https://docs.openio.io/latest/source/arch-design/s3_compliancy.html) |
+|------------------------------|----------------------------------|-----------------|---------------|---------|-----|
+| [CreateBucket](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html)                 | ✅ Implemented                      | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [DeleteBucket](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html)                 | ✅ Implemented                      | ✅ |  ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [GetBucketLocation](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLocation.html)            | ✅ Implemented                 | ✅ | ✅ | ❌ | ✅ |
+| [HeadBucket](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_HeadBucket.html)                   | ✅ Implemented                      | ✅ | ✅ |  ✅ | ✅ |
+| [ListBuckets](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBuckets.html)                  | ✅ Implemented                      | ❌| ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [HeadObject](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_HeadObject.html)                   | ✅ Implemented                      | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [CopyObject](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CopyObject.html)                   | ✅ Implemented                      |  ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [DeleteObject](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html)                 | ✅ Implemented                      | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [DeleteObjects](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObjects.html)                | ✅ Implemented                      |  ✅  | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [GetObject](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html)                    | ✅ Implemented                      |  ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [ListObjects](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html)                  | ✅ Implemented (see details below)   | ✅ | ✅ |  ✅ | ❌|
+| [ListObjectsV2](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjectsV2.html)                | ✅ Implemented                      | ❌|  ✅  | ❌| ✅ |
+| [PostObject](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectPOST.html)                  | ✅ Implemented                      | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ❌|
+| [PutObject](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html)                    | ✅ Implemented                      | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+
+**ListObjects:** Implemented, but there isn't a very good specification of what
+`encoding-type=url` covers so there might be some encoding bugs. In our
+implementation the url-encoded fields are in the same in ListObjects as they
+are in ListObjectsV2.
+
+*Note: Ceph API documentation is incomplete and lacks at least HeadBucket and UploadPartCopy,
+but these endpoints are documented in [Red Hat Ceph Storage - Chapter 2. Ceph Object Gateway and the S3 API](https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-us/red_hat_ceph_storage/4/html/developer_guide/ceph-object-gateway-and-the-s3-api)*
+
+### Multipart Upload endpoints
+
+| Endpoint                     | Garage                           | [Openstack Swift](https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/s3_compat.html) | [Ceph Object Gateway](https://docs.ceph.com/en/latest/radosgw/s3/) | [Riak CS](https://docs.riak.com/riak/cs/2.1.1/references/apis/storage/s3/index.html) | [OpenIO](https://docs.openio.io/latest/source/arch-design/s3_compliancy.html) |
+|------------------------------|----------------------------------|-----------------|---------------|---------|-----|
+| [AbortMultipartUpload](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html)         | ✅ Implemented  |  ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [CompleteMultipartUpload](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html)   | ✅ Implemented  | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [CreateMultipartUpload](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html)        | ✅ Implemented | ✅| ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [ListMultipartUpload](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUpload.html)          | ✅ Implemented   | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [ListParts](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html)                    | ✅ Implemented             | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [UploadPart](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html)                  | ✅ Implemented             | ✅ | ✅| ✅ | ✅ |
+| [UploadPartCopy](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPartCopy.html)               | ✅ Implemented        | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+
+### Website endpoints
+
+| Endpoint                     | Garage                           | [Openstack Swift](https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/s3_compat.html) | [Ceph Object Gateway](https://docs.ceph.com/en/latest/radosgw/s3/) | [Riak CS](https://docs.riak.com/riak/cs/2.1.1/references/apis/storage/s3/index.html) | [OpenIO](https://docs.openio.io/latest/source/arch-design/s3_compliancy.html) |
+|------------------------------|----------------------------------|-----------------|---------------|---------|-----|
+| [DeleteBucketWebsite](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketWebsite.html)          | ✅ Implemented                      | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [GetBucketWebsite](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketWebsite.html)             | ✅ Implemented                      |  ❌ | ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [PutBucketWebsite](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketWebsite.html)             | ⚠ Partially implemented (see below)| ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [DeleteBucketCors](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketCors.html)             | ✅ Implemented                      |  ❌|  ✅ | ❌| ✅ |
+| [GetBucketCors](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketCors.html)                | ✅ Implemented                      |  ❌ |  ✅ | ❌| ✅ |
+| [PutBucketCors](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketCors.html)                | ✅ Implemented                      | ❌|  ✅ | ❌| ✅ |
+
+**PutBucketWebsite:** Implemented, but only stores the index document suffix and the error document path. Redirects are not supported.
+
+*Note: Ceph radosgw has some support for static websites but it is different from the Amazon one. It also does not implement its configuration endpoints.*
+
+### ACL, Policies endpoints
+
+Amazon has 2 access control mechanisms in S3: ACL (legacy) and policies (new one).
+Garage implements none of them, and has its own system instead, built around a per-access-key-per-bucket logic.
+See Garage CLI reference manual to learn how to use Garage's permission system.
+
+| Endpoint                     | Garage                           | [Openstack Swift](https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/s3_compat.html) | [Ceph Object Gateway](https://docs.ceph.com/en/latest/radosgw/s3/) | [Riak CS](https://docs.riak.com/riak/cs/2.1.1/references/apis/storage/s3/index.html) | [OpenIO](https://docs.openio.io/latest/source/arch-design/s3_compliancy.html) |
+|------------------------------|----------------------------------|-----------------|---------------|---------|-----|
+| [DeleteBucketPolicy](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketPolicy.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌|  ✅ | ✅ | ❌|
+| [GetBucketPolicy](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketPolicy.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌|  ✅ | ⚠ | ❌|
+| [GetBucketPolicyStatus](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketPolicyStatus.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ❌|
+| [PutBucketPolicy](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketPolicy.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌|  ✅ | ⚠ | ❌|
+| [GetBucketAcl](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAcl.html) | ❌ Missing | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [PutBucketAcl](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAcl.html) | ❌ Missing | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [GetObjectAcl](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAcl.html) | ❌ Missing | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [PutObjectAcl](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObjectAcl.html) | ❌ Missing | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+
+*Notes:* Riak CS only supports a subset of the policy configuration.
+
+### Versioning, Lifecycle endpoints
+
+Garage does not (yet) support object versioning.
+If you need this feature, please [share your use case in our dedicated issue](https://git.deuxfleurs.fr/Deuxfleurs/garage/issues/166).
+
+| Endpoint                     | Garage                           | [Openstack Swift](https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/s3_compat.html) | [Ceph Object Gateway](https://docs.ceph.com/en/latest/radosgw/s3/) | [Riak CS](https://docs.riak.com/riak/cs/2.1.1/references/apis/storage/s3/index.html) | [OpenIO](https://docs.openio.io/latest/source/arch-design/s3_compliancy.html) |
+|------------------------------|----------------------------------|-----------------|---------------|---------|-----|
+| [DeleteBucketLifecycle](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketLifecycle.html) | ✅ Implemented | ❌| ✅| ❌| ✅|
+| [GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) | ✅ Implemented | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ✅|
+| [PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) | ⚠ Partially implemented (see below) | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ✅|
+| [GetBucketVersioning](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html)          | ❌ Stub (see below)       | ✅| ✅ | ❌| ✅|
+| [ListObjectVersions](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjectVersions.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ✅|
+| [PutBucketVersioning](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketVersioning.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅| ❌| ✅|
+
+**PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:** The only actions supported are
+`AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload` and `Expiration` (without the
+`ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker` field).  All other operations are dependent on
+either bucket versionning or storage classes which Garage currently does not
+implement. The deprecated `Prefix` member directly in the the `Rule`
+structure/XML tag is not supported, specified prefixes must be inside the
+`Filter` structure/XML tag.
+
+**GetBucketVersioning:** Stub implementation which always returns "versionning not enabled", since Garage does not yet support bucket versionning.
+
+### Replication endpoints
+
+Please open an issue if you have a use case for replication.
+
+| Endpoint                     | Garage                           | [Openstack Swift](https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/s3_compat.html) | [Ceph Object Gateway](https://docs.ceph.com/en/latest/radosgw/s3/) | [Riak CS](https://docs.riak.com/riak/cs/2.1.1/references/apis/storage/s3/index.html) | [OpenIO](https://docs.openio.io/latest/source/arch-design/s3_compliancy.html) |
+|------------------------------|----------------------------------|-----------------|---------------|---------|-----|
+| [DeleteBucketReplication](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketReplication.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ❌|
+| [GetBucketReplication](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketReplication.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ❌|
+| [PutBucketReplication](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketReplication.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ⚠ | ❌| ❌|
+
+*Note: Ceph documentation briefly says that Ceph supports
+[replication through the S3 API](https://docs.ceph.com/en/latest/radosgw/multisite-sync-policy/#s3-replication-api)
+but with some limitations.
+Additionaly, replication endpoints are not documented in the S3 compatibility page so I don't know what kind of support we can expect.*
+
+### Locking objects
+
+Amazon defines a concept of [object locking](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lock.html) that can be achieved either through a Retention period or a Legal hold.
+
+| Endpoint                     | Garage                           | [Openstack Swift](https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/s3_compat.html) | [Ceph Object Gateway](https://docs.ceph.com/en/latest/radosgw/s3/) | [Riak CS](https://docs.riak.com/riak/cs/2.1.1/references/apis/storage/s3/index.html) | [OpenIO](https://docs.openio.io/latest/source/arch-design/s3_compliancy.html) |
+|------------------------------|----------------------------------|-----------------|---------------|---------|-----|
+| [GetObjectLegalHold](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectLegalHold.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ❌|
+| [PutObjectLegalHold](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObjectLegalHold.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ❌|
+| [GetObjectRetention](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectRetention.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ❌|
+| [PutObjectRetention](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObjectRetention.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ❌|
+| [GetObjectLockConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectLockConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ❌|
+| [PutObjectLockConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObjectLockConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ❌|
+
+### (Server-side) encryption
+
+We think that you can either encrypt your server partition or do client-side encryption, so we did not implement server-side encryption for Garage.
+Please open an issue if you have a use case.
+
+| Endpoint                     | Garage                           | [Openstack Swift](https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/s3_compat.html) | [Ceph Object Gateway](https://docs.ceph.com/en/latest/radosgw/s3/) | [Riak CS](https://docs.riak.com/riak/cs/2.1.1/references/apis/storage/s3/index.html) | [OpenIO](https://docs.openio.io/latest/source/arch-design/s3_compliancy.html) |
+|------------------------------|----------------------------------|-----------------|---------------|---------|-----|
+| [DeleteBucketEncryption](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketEncryption.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ❌|
+| [GetBucketEncryption](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketEncryption.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ❌|
+| [PutBucketEncryption](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketEncryption.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ❌|
+
+### Misc endpoints
+
+| Endpoint                     | Garage                           | [Openstack Swift](https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/s3_compat.html) | [Ceph Object Gateway](https://docs.ceph.com/en/latest/radosgw/s3/) | [Riak CS](https://docs.riak.com/riak/cs/2.1.1/references/apis/storage/s3/index.html) | [OpenIO](https://docs.openio.io/latest/source/arch-design/s3_compliancy.html) |
+|------------------------------|----------------------------------|-----------------|---------------|---------|-----|
+| [GetBucketNotificationConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ❌|
+| [PutBucketNotificationConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketNotificationConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ❌|
+| [DeleteBucketTagging](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketTagging.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ✅ |
+| [GetBucketTagging](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketTagging.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ✅ |
+| [PutBucketTagging](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketTagging.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ✅ |
+| [DeleteObjectTagging](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObjectTagging.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ✅ |
+| [GetObjectTagging](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ✅ |
+| [PutObjectTagging](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObjectTagging.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ✅ |
+| [GetObjectTorrent](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTorrent.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ✅ | ❌| ❌|
+
+### Vendor specific endpoints
+
+<details><summary>Display Amazon specifc endpoints</summary>
+
+
+| Endpoint                     | Garage                           | [Openstack Swift](https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/s3_compat.html) | [Ceph Object Gateway](https://docs.ceph.com/en/latest/radosgw/s3/) | [Riak CS](https://docs.riak.com/riak/cs/2.1.1/references/apis/storage/s3/index.html) | [OpenIO](https://docs.openio.io/latest/source/arch-design/s3_compliancy.html) |
+|------------------------------|----------------------------------|-----------------|---------------|---------|-----|
+| [DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [DeleteBucketOwnershipControls](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketOwnershipControls.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [DeletePublicAccessBlock](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [GetBucketInventoryConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [GetBucketLogging](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLogging.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [GetBucketMetricsConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [GetBucketOwnershipControls](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketOwnershipControls.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [GetBucketRequestPayment](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketRequestPayment.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [GetPublicAccessBlock](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [ListBucketInventoryConfigurations](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [ListBucketMetricsConfigurations](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [PutBucketInventoryConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [PutBucketLogging](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLogging.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [PutBucketMetricsConfiguration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [PutBucketOwnershipControls](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketOwnershipControls.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [PutBucketRequestPayment](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketRequestPayment.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [PutPublicAccessBlock](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutPublicAccessBlock.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [RestoreObject](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+| [SelectObjectContent](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_SelectObjectContent.html) | ❌ Missing | ❌| ❌| ❌| ❌|
+
+</details>
+
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+++
+title = "Working Documents"
+weight = 90
+sort_by = "weight"
+template = "documentation.html"
+++
+
+Working documents are documents that reflect the fact that Garage is a software that evolves quickly.
+They are a way to communicate our ideas, our changes, and so on before or while we are implementing them in Garage.
+If you like to live on the edge, it could also serve as a documentation of our next features to be released.
+
+Ideally, once the feature/patch has been merged, the working document should serve as a source to 
+update the rest of the documentation and then be removed.
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+++
+title = "S3 compatibility target"
+weight = 5
+++
+
+If there is a specific S3 functionnality you have a need for, feel free to open
+a PR to put the corresponding endpoints higher in the list.  Please explain
+your motivations for doing so in the PR message.
+
+| Priority                   | Endpoints  |
+| -------------------------- | --------- |
+| **S-tier** (high priority) | |
+| 							 | HeadBucket |
+| 							 | GetBucketLocation |
+| 							 | CreateBucket |
+| 							 | DeleteBucket |
+| 							 | ListBuckets |
+| 							 | ListObjects |
+| 							 | ListObjectsV2 |
+| 							 | HeadObject |
+| 							 | GetObject |
+| 							 | PutObject |
+| 							 | CopyObject |
+| 							 | DeleteObject |
+| 							 | DeleteObjects |
+| 							 | CreateMultipartUpload |
+| 							 | CompleteMultipartUpload |
+| 							 | AbortMultipartUpload |
+| 							 | UploadPart |
+| 							 | ListMultipartUploads |
+| 							 | ListParts |
+| **A-tier**                 | |
+| 							 | GetBucketCors |
+| 							 | PutBucketCors |
+| 							 | DeleteBucketCors |
+| 							 | UploadPartCopy |
+| 							 | GetBucketWebsite |
+| 							 | PutBucketWebsite |
+| 							 | DeleteBucketWebsite |
+| 							 | [PostObject](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectPOST.html) |
+| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
+| **B-tier** | |
+| 							 | GetBucketAcl |
+| 							 | PutBucketAcl |
+| 							 | GetObjectLockConfiguration |
+| 							 | PutObjectLockConfiguration |
+| 							 | GetObjectRetention |
+| 							 | PutObjectRetention |
+| 							 | GetObjectLegalHold |
+| 							 | PutObjectLegalHold |
+| **C-tier** | |
+| 							 | GetBucketVersioning |
+| 							 | PutBucketVersioning |
+| 							 | ListObjectVersions |
+| 							 | GetObjectAcl |
+| 							 | PutObjectAcl |
+| 							 | GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration |
+| 							 | PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration |
+| 							 | DeleteBucketLifecycle |
+| **garbage-tier**   | |
+| 							 | DeleteBucketEncryption |
+| 							 | DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration |
+| 							 | DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration |
+| 							 | DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration |
+| 							 | DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration |
+| 							 | DeleteBucketOwnershipControls |
+| 							 | DeleteBucketPolicy |
+| 							 | DeleteBucketReplication |
+| 							 | DeleteBucketTagging |
+| 							 | DeleteObjectTagging |
+| 							 | DeletePublicAccessBlock |
+| 							 | GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration |
+| 							 | GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration |
+| 							 | GetBucketEncryption |
+| 							 | GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration |
+| 							 | GetBucketInventoryConfiguration |
+| 							 | GetBucketLogging |
+| 							 | GetBucketMetricsConfiguration |
+| 							 | GetBucketNotificationConfiguration |
+| 							 | GetBucketOwnershipControls |
+| 							 | GetBucketPolicy |
+| 							 | GetBucketPolicyStatus |
+| 							 | GetBucketReplication |
+| 							 | GetBucketRequestPayment |
+| 							 | GetBucketTagging |
+| 							 | GetObjectTagging |
+| 							 | GetObjectTorrent |
+| 							 | GetPublicAccessBlock |
+| 							 | ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations |
+| 							 | ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations |
+| 							 | ListBucketInventoryConfigurations |
+| 							 | ListBucketMetricsConfigurations |
+| 							 | PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration |
+| 							 | PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration |
+| 							 | PutBucketEncryption |
+| 							 | PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration |
+| 							 | PutBucketInventoryConfiguration |
+| 							 | PutBucketLogging |
+| 							 | PutBucketMetricsConfiguration |
+| 							 | PutBucketNotificationConfiguration |
+| 							 | PutBucketOwnershipControls |
+| 							 | PutBucketPolicy |
+| 							 | PutBucketReplication |
+| 							 | PutBucketRequestPayment |
+| 							 | PutBucketTagging |
+| 							 | PutObjectTagging |
+| 							 | PutPublicAccessBlock |
+| 							 | RestoreObject |
+| 							 | SelectObjectContent |
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+++
+title = "Design draft (obsolete)"
+weight = 900
+++
+
+**WARNING: this documentation is a design draft which was written before Garage's actual implementation.
+The general principle are similar, but details have not been updated.**
+
+
+#### Modules
+
+- `membership/`: configuration, membership management (gossip of node's presence and status), ring generation --> what about Serf (used by Consul/Nomad) : https://www.serf.io/? Seems a huge library with many features so maybe overkill/hard to integrate
+- `metadata/`: metadata management
+- `blocks/`: block management, writing, GC and rebalancing
+- `internal/`: server to server communication (HTTP server and client that reuses connections, TLS if we want, etc)
+- `api/`: S3 API
+- `web/`: web management interface
+
+#### Metadata tables
+
+**Objects:**
+
+- *Hash key:* Bucket name (string)
+- *Sort key:* Object key (string)
+- *Sort key:* Version timestamp (int)
+- *Sort key:* Version UUID (string)
+- Complete: bool
+- Inline: bool, true for objects < threshold (say 1024)
+- Object size (int)
+- Mime type (string)
+- Data for inlined objects (blob)
+- Hash of first block otherwise (string)
+
+*Having only a hash key on the bucket name will lead to storing all file entries of this table for a specific bucket on a single node. At the same time, it is the only way I see to rapidly being able to list all bucket entries...*
+
+**Blocks:**
+
+- *Hash key:* Version UUID (string)
+- *Sort key:* Offset of block in total file (int)
+- Hash of data block (string)
+
+A version is defined by the existence of at least one entry in the blocks table for a certain version UUID.
+We must keep the following invariant: if a version exists in the blocks table, it has to be referenced in the objects table.
+We explicitly manage concurrent versions of an object: the version timestamp and version UUID columns are index columns, thus we may have several concurrent versions of an object.
+Important: before deleting an older version from the objects table, we must make sure that we did a successful delete of the blocks of that version from the blocks table.
+
+Thus, the workflow for reading an object is as follows:
+
+1. Check permissions (LDAP)
+2. Read entry in object table. If data is inline, we have its data, stop here.
+   -> if several versions, take newest one and launch deletion of old ones in background
+3. Read first block from cluster. If size <= 1 block, stop here.
+4. Simultaneously with previous step, if size > 1 block: query the Blocks table for the IDs of the next blocks
+5. Read subsequent blocks from cluster
+
+Workflow for PUT:
+
+1. Check write permission (LDAP)
+2. Select a new version UUID
+3. Write a preliminary entry for the new version in the objects table with complete = false
+4. Send blocks to cluster and write entries in the blocks table
+5. Update the version with complete = true and all of the accurate information (size, etc)
+6. Return success to the user
+7. Launch a background job to check and delete older versions
+
+Workflow for DELETE:
+
+1. Check write permission (LDAP)
+2. Get current version (or versions) in object table
+3. Do the deletion of those versions NOT IN A BACKGROUND JOB THIS TIME
+4. Return succes to the user if we were able to delete blocks from the blocks table and entries from the object table
+
+To delete a version:
+
+1. List the blocks from Cassandra
+2. For each block, delete it from cluster. Don't care if some deletions fail, we can do GC.
+3. Delete all of the blocks from the blocks table
+4. Finally, delete the version from the objects table
+
+Known issue: if someone is reading from a version that we want to delete and the object is big, the read might be interrupted. I think it is ok to leave it like this, we just cut the connection if data disappears during a read.
+
+("Soit P un problème, on s'en fout est une solution à ce problème")
+
+#### Block storage on disk
+
+**Blocks themselves:**
+
+- file path = /blobs/(first 3 hex digits of hash)/(rest of hash)
+
+**Reverse index for GC & other block-level metadata:**
+
+- file path = /meta/(first 3 hex digits of hash)/(rest of hash)
+- map block hash -> set of version UUIDs where it is referenced
+
+Usefull metadata:
+
+- list of versions that reference this block in the Casandra table, so that we can do GC by checking in Cassandra that the lines still exist
+- list of other nodes that we know have acknowledged a write of this block, useful in the rebalancing algorithm
+
+Write strategy: have a single thread that does all write IO so that it is serialized (or have several threads that manage independent parts of the hash space). When writing a blob, write it to a temporary file, close, then rename so that a concurrent read gets a consistent result (either not found or found with whole content).
+
+Read strategy: the only read operation is get(hash) that returns either the data or not found (can do a corruption check as well and return corrupted state if it is the case). Can be done concurrently with writes.
+
+**Internal API:**
+
+- get(block hash) -> ok+data/not found/corrupted
+- put(block hash & data, version uuid + offset) -> ok/error
+- put with no data(block hash, version uuid + offset) -> ok/not found plz send data/error
+- delete(block hash, version uuid + offset) -> ok/error
+
+GC: when last ref is deleted, delete block.
+Long GC procedure: check in Cassandra that version UUIDs still exist and references this block.
+
+Rebalancing: takes as argument the list of newly added nodes.
+
+- List all blocks that we have. For each block:
+- If it hits a newly introduced node, send it to them.
+  Use put with no data first to check if it has to be sent to them already or not.
+  Use a random listing order to avoid race conditions (they do no harm but we might have two nodes sending the same thing at the same time thus wasting time).
+- If it doesn't hit us anymore, delete it and its reference list.
+
+Only one balancing can be running at a same time. It can be restarted at the beginning with new parameters.
+
+#### Membership management
+
+Two sets of nodes:
+
+- set of nodes from which a ping was recently received, with status: number of stored blocks, request counters, error counters, GC%, rebalancing%
+  (eviction from this set after say 30 seconds without ping)
+- set of nodes that are part of the system, explicitly modified by the operator using the web UI (persisted to disk),
+  is a CRDT using a version number for the value of the whole set
+
+Thus, three states for nodes:
+
+- healthy: in both sets
+- missing: not pingable but part of desired cluster
+- unused/draining: currently present but not part of the desired cluster, empty = if contains nothing, draining = if still contains some blocks
+
+Membership messages between nodes:
+
+- ping with current state + hash of current membership info -> reply with same info
+- send&get back membership info (the ids of nodes that are in the two sets): used when no local membership change in a long time and membership info hash discrepancy detected with first message (passive membership fixing with full CRDT gossip)
+- inform of newly pingable node(s) -> no result, when receive new info repeat to all (reliable broadcast)
+- inform of operator membership change -> no result, when receive new info repeat to all (reliable broadcast)
+
+Ring: generated from the desired set of nodes, however when doing read/writes on the ring, skip nodes that are known to be not pingable.
+The tokens are generated in a deterministic fashion from node IDs (hash of node id + token number from 1 to K).
+Number K of tokens per node: decided by the operator & stored in the operator's list of nodes CRDT. Default value proposal: with node status information also broadcast disk total size and free space, and propose a default number of tokens equal to 80%Free space / 10Gb. (this is all user interface)
+
+
+#### Constants
+
+- Block size: around 1MB ? --> Exoscale use 16MB chunks
+- Number of tokens in the hash ring: one every 10Gb of allocated storage
+- Threshold for storing data directly in Cassandra objects table: 1kb bytes (maybe up to 4kb?)
+- Ping timeout (time after which a node is registered as unresponsive/missing): 30 seconds
+- Ping interval: 10 seconds
+- ??
+
+#### Links
+
+- CDC: <https://www.usenix.org/system/files/conference/atc16/atc16-paper-xia.pdf>
+- Erasure coding: <http://web.eecs.utk.edu/~jplank/plank/papers/CS-08-627.html>
+- [Openstack Storage Concepts](https://docs.openstack.org/arch-design/design-storage/design-storage-concepts.html)
+- [RADOS](https://doi.org/10.1145/1374596.1374606) [[pdf](https://ceph.com/assets/pdfs/weil-rados-pdsw07.pdf)]
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+++
+title = "Load balancing data (obsolete)"
+weight = 910
+++
+
+**This is being yet improved in release 0.5. The working document has not been updated yet, it still only applies to Garage 0.2 through 0.4.**
+
+I have conducted a quick study of different methods to load-balance data over different Garage nodes using consistent hashing.
+
+## Requirements
+
+- *good balancing*: two nodes that have the same announced capacity should receive close to the same number of items
+
+- *multi-datacenter*: the replicas of a partition should be distributed over as many datacenters as possible
+
+- *minimal disruption*: when adding or removing a node, as few partitions as possible should have to move around
+
+- *order-agnostic*: the same set of nodes (each associated with a datacenter name
+  and a capacity) should always return the same distribution of partition
+  replicas, independently of the order in which nodes were added/removed (this
+  is to keep the implementation simple)
+
+## Methods
+
+### Naive multi-DC ring walking strategy
+
+This strategy can be used with any ring-like algorithm to make it aware of the *multi-datacenter* requirement:
+
+In this method, the ring is a list of positions, each associated with a single node in the cluster.
+Partitions contain all the keys between two consecutive items of the ring.
+To find the nodes that store replicas of a given partition:
+
+- select the node for the position of the partition's lower bound
+- go clockwise on the ring, skipping nodes that:
+  - we halve already selected
+  - are in a datacenter of a node we have selected, except if we already have nodes from all possible datacenters
+
+In this way the selected nodes will always be distributed over
+`min(n_datacenters, n_replicas)` different datacenters, which is the best we
+can do.
+
+This method was implemented in the first version of Garage, with the basic
+ring construction from Dynamo DB that consists in associating `n_token` random positions to
+each node (I know it's not optimal, the Dynamo paper already studies this).
+
+### Better rings
+
+The ring construction that selects `n_token` random positions for each nodes gives a ring of positions that
+is not well-balanced: the space between the tokens varies a lot, and some partitions are thus bigger than others.
+This problem was demonstrated in the original Dynamo DB paper.
+
+To solve this, we want to apply a better second method for partitionning our dataset:
+
+1. fix an initially large number of partitions (say 1024) with evenly-spaced delimiters, 
+
+2. attribute each partition randomly to a node, with a probability
+   proportionnal to its capacity (which `n_tokens` represented in the first
+   method)
+
+For now we continue using the multi-DC ring walking described above.
+
+I have studied two ways to do the attribution of partitions to nodes, in a way that is deterministic:
+
+- Min-hash: for each partition, select node that minimizes `hash(node, partition_number)`
+- MagLev: see [here](https://blog.acolyer.org/2016/03/21/maglev-a-fast-and-reliable-software-network-load-balancer/)
+
+MagLev provided significantly better balancing, as it guarantees that the exact
+same number of partitions is attributed to all nodes that have the same
+capacity (and that this number is proportionnal to the node's capacity, except
+for large values), however in both cases:
+
+- the distribution is still bad, because we use the naive multi-DC ring walking
+  that behaves strangely due to interactions between consecutive positions on
+  the ring
+
+- the disruption in case of adding/removing a node is not as low as it can be,
+  as we show with the following method.
+
+A quick description of MagLev (backend = node, lookup table = ring):
+
+> The basic idea of Maglev hashing is to assign a preference list of all the
+> lookup table positions to each backend. Then all the backends take turns
+> filling their most-preferred table positions that are still empty, until the
+> lookup table is completely filled in. Hence, Maglev hashing gives an almost
+> equal share of the lookup table to each of the backends. Heterogeneous
+> backend weights can be achieved by altering the relative frequency of the
+> backends’ turns…
+
+Here are some stats (run `scripts/simulate_ring.py` to reproduce):
+
+```
+##### Custom-ring (min-hash) #####
+
+#partitions per node (capacity in parenthesis):
+- datura (8) :  227
+- digitale (8) :  351
+- drosera (8) :  259
+- geant (16) :  476
+- gipsie (16) :  410
+- io (16) :  495
+- isou (8) :  231
+- mini (4) :  149
+- mixi (4) :  188
+- modi (4) :  127
+- moxi (4) :  159
+
+Variance of load distribution for load normalized to intra-class mean
+(a class being the set of nodes with the same announced capacity): 2.18%     <-- REALLY BAD
+
+Disruption when removing nodes (partitions moved on 0/1/2/3 nodes):
+removing atuin digitale : 63.09% 30.18% 6.64% 0.10%
+removing atuin drosera : 72.36% 23.44% 4.10% 0.10%
+removing atuin datura : 73.24% 21.48% 5.18% 0.10%
+removing jupiter io : 48.34% 38.48% 12.30% 0.88%
+removing jupiter isou : 74.12% 19.73% 6.05% 0.10%
+removing grog mini : 84.47% 12.40% 2.93% 0.20%
+removing grog mixi : 80.76% 16.60% 2.64% 0.00%
+removing grog moxi : 83.59% 14.06% 2.34% 0.00%
+removing grog modi : 87.01% 11.43% 1.46% 0.10%
+removing grisou geant : 48.24% 37.40% 13.67% 0.68%
+removing grisou gipsie : 53.03% 33.59% 13.09% 0.29%
+on average:  69.84% 23.53% 6.40% 0.23%                  <-- COULD BE BETTER
+
+--------
+
+##### MagLev #####
+
+#partitions per node:
+- datura (8) :  273
+- digitale (8) :  256
+- drosera (8) :  267
+- geant (16) :  452
+- gipsie (16) :  427
+- io (16) :  483
+- isou (8) :  272
+- mini (4) :  184
+- mixi (4) :  160
+- modi (4) :  144
+- moxi (4) :  154
+
+Variance of load distribution: 0.37%                <-- Already much better, but not optimal
+
+Disruption when removing nodes (partitions moved on 0/1/2/3 nodes):
+removing atuin digitale : 62.60% 29.20% 7.91% 0.29%
+removing atuin drosera : 65.92% 26.56% 7.23% 0.29%
+removing atuin datura : 63.96% 27.83% 7.71% 0.49%
+removing jupiter io : 44.63% 40.33% 14.06% 0.98%
+removing jupiter isou : 63.38% 27.25% 8.98% 0.39%
+removing grog mini : 72.46% 21.00% 6.35% 0.20%
+removing grog mixi : 72.95% 22.46% 4.39% 0.20%
+removing grog moxi : 74.22% 20.61% 4.98% 0.20%
+removing grog modi : 75.98% 18.36% 5.27% 0.39%
+removing grisou geant : 46.97% 36.62% 15.04% 1.37%
+removing grisou gipsie : 49.22% 36.52% 12.79% 1.46%
+on average:  62.94% 27.89% 8.61% 0.57%                  <-- WORSE THAN PREVIOUSLY
+```
+
+### The magical solution: multi-DC aware MagLev
+
+Suppose we want to select three replicas for each partition (this is what we do in our simulation and in most Garage deployments).
+We apply MagLev three times consecutively, one for each replica selection.
+The first time is pretty much the same as normal MagLev, but for the following times, when a node runs through its preference
+list to select a partition to replicate, we skip partitions for which adding this node would not bring datacenter-diversity.
+More precisely, we skip a partition in the preference list if:
+
+- the node already replicates the partition (from one of the previous rounds of MagLev)
+- the node is in a datacenter where a node already replicates the partition and there are other datacenters available
+
+Refer to `method4` in the simulation script for a formal definition.
+
+```
+##### Multi-DC aware MagLev #####
+
+#partitions per node:
+- datura (8) :  268                 <-- NODES WITH THE SAME CAPACITY
+- digitale (8) :  267                   HAVE THE SAME NUM OF PARTITIONS
+- drosera (8) :  267                    (+- 1)
+- geant (16) :  470
+- gipsie (16) :  472
+- io (16) :  516
+- isou (8) :  268
+- mini (4) :  136
+- mixi (4) :  136
+- modi (4) :  136
+- moxi (4) :  136
+
+Variance of load distribution: 0.06%                <-- CAN'T DO BETTER THAN THIS
+
+Disruption when removing nodes (partitions moved on 0/1/2/3 nodes):
+removing atuin digitale : 65.72% 33.01% 1.27% 0.00%
+removing atuin drosera : 64.65% 33.89% 1.37% 0.10%
+removing atuin datura : 66.11% 32.62% 1.27% 0.00%
+removing jupiter io : 42.97% 53.42% 3.61% 0.00%
+removing jupiter isou : 66.11% 32.32% 1.56% 0.00%
+removing grog mini : 80.47% 18.85% 0.68% 0.00%
+removing grog mixi : 80.27% 18.85% 0.88% 0.00%
+removing grog moxi : 80.18% 19.04% 0.78% 0.00%
+removing grog modi : 79.69% 19.92% 0.39% 0.00%
+removing grisou geant : 44.63% 52.15% 3.22% 0.00%
+removing grisou gipsie : 43.55% 52.54% 3.91% 0.00%
+on average:  64.94% 33.33% 1.72% 0.01%                  <-- VERY GOOD (VERY LOW VALUES FOR 2 AND 3 NODES)
+```
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+++
+title = "Migrating from 0.3 to 0.4"
+weight = 20
+++
+
+**Migrating from 0.3 to 0.4 is unsupported. This document is only intended to
+document the process internally for the Deuxfleurs cluster where we have to do
+it. Do not try it yourself, you will lose your data and we will not help you.**
+
+**Migrating from 0.2 to 0.4 will break everything for sure. Never try it.**
+
+The internal data format of Garage hasn't changed much between 0.3 and 0.4.
+The Sled database is still the same, and the data directory as well.
+
+The following has changed, all in the meta directory:
+
+- `node_id` in 0.3 contains the identifier of the current node. In 0.4, this
+  file does nothing and should be deleted. It is replaced by `node_key` (the
+  secret key) and `node_key.pub` (the associated public key). A node's
+  identifier on the ring is its public key.
+
+- `peer_info` in 0.3 contains the list of peers saved automatically by Garage.
+  The format has changed and it is now stored in `peer_list` (`peer_info`
+  should be deleted).
+
+When migrating, all node identifiers will change. This also means that the
+affectation of data partitions on the ring will change, and lots of data will
+have to be rebalanced.
+
+- If your cluster has only 3 nodes, all nodes store everything, therefore nothing has to be rebalanced.
+
+- If your cluster has only 4 nodes, for any partition there will always be at
+  least 2 nodes that stored data before that still store it after. Therefore
+  the migration should in theory be transparent and Garage should continue to
+  work during the rebalance.
+
+- If your cluster has 5 or more nodes, data will disappear during the
+  migration. Do not migrate (fortunately we don't have this scenario at
+  Deuxfleurs), or if you do, make Garage unavailable until things stabilize
+  (disable web and api access).
+
+
+The migration steps are as follows:
+
+1. Prepare a new configuration file for 0.4. For each node, point to the same
+   meta and data directories as Garage 0.3. Basically, the things that change
+   are the following:
+
+  - No more `rpc_tls` section
+  - You have to generate a shared `rpc_secret` and put it in all config files
+  - `bootstrap_peers` has a different syntax as it has to contain node keys.
+    Leave it empty and use `garage node-id` and `garage node connect` instead (new features of 0.4)
+  - put the publicly accessible RPC address of your node in `rpc_public_addr` if possible (its optional but recommended)
+  - If you are using Consul, change the `consul_service_name` to NOT be the name advertised by Nomad.
+    Now Garage is responsible for advertising its own service itself.
+
+2. Disable api and web access for some time (Garage does not support disabling
+   these endpoints but you can change the port number or stop your reverse
+   proxy for instance).
+
+3. Do `garage repair -a --yes tables` and `garage repair -a --yes blocks`,
+   check the logs and check that all data seems to be synced correctly between
+   nodes.
+
+4. Save somewhere the output of `garage status`. We will need this to remember
+   how to reconfigure nodes in 0.4.
+
+5. Turn off Garage 0.3
+
+6. Backup metadata folders if you can (i.e. if you have space to do it
+   somewhere). Backuping data folders could also be useful but that's much
+   harder to do. If your filesystem supports snapshots, this could be a good
+   time to use them.
+
+7. Turn on Garage 0.4
+
+8. At this point, running `garage status` should indicate that all nodes of the
+   previous cluster are "unavailable". The nodes have new identifiers that
+   should appear in healthy nodes once they can talk to one another (use
+   `garage node connect` if necessary`). They should have NO ROLE ASSIGNED at
+   the moment.
+
+9. Prepare a script with several `garage node configure` commands that replace
+   each of the v0.3 node ID with the corresponding v0.4 node ID, with the same
+   zone/tag/capacity. For example if your node `drosera` had identifier `c24e`
+   before and now has identifier `789a`, and it was configured with capacity
+   `2` in zone `dc1`, put the following command in your script:
+
+```bash
+garage node configure 789a -z dc1 -c 2 -t drosera --replace c24e
+```
+
+10. Run your reconfiguration script. Check that the new output of `garage
+	status` contains the correct node IDs with the correct values for capacity
+	and zone. Old nodes should no longer be mentioned.
+
+11. If your cluster has 4 nodes or less, and you are feeling adventurous, you
+	can reenable Web and API access now. Things will probably work.
+
+12. Garage might already be resyncing stuff. Issue a `garage repair -a --yes
+	tables` and `garage repair -a --yes blocks` to force it to do so.
+
+13. Wait for resyncing activity to stop in the logs. Do steps 12 and 13 two or
+	three times, until you see that when you issue the repair commands, nothing
+	gets resynced any longer.
+
+14. Your upgraded cluster should be in a working state. Re-enable API and Web
+	access and check that everything went well.
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+++
+title = "Migrating from 0.5 to 0.6"
+weight = 15
+++
+
+**This guide explains how to migrate to 0.6 if you have an existing 0.5 cluster.
+We don't recommend trying to migrate to 0.6 directly from 0.4 or older.**
+
+**We make no guarantee that this migration will work perfectly:
+back up all your data before attempting it!**
+
+Garage v0.6 introduces a new data model for buckets,
+that allows buckets to have many names (aliases).
+Buckets can also have "private" aliases (called local aliases),
+which are only visible when using a certain access key.
+
+This new data model means that the metadata tables have changed quite a bit in structure,
+and a manual migration step is required.
+
+The migration steps are as follows:
+
+1. Disable api and web access for some time (Garage does not support disabling
+   these endpoints but you can change the port number or stop your reverse
+   proxy for instance).
+
+2. Do `garage repair -a --yes tables` and `garage repair -a --yes blocks`,
+   check the logs and check that all data seems to be synced correctly between
+   nodes.
+
+4. Turn off Garage 0.5
+
+5. **Backup your metadata folders!!**
+
+6. Turn on Garage 0.6
+
+7. At this point, `garage bucket list` should indicate that no buckets are present
+   in the cluster. `garage key list` should show all of the previously existing
+   access key, however these keys should not have any permissions to access buckets.
+
+8. Run `garage migrate buckets050`: this will populate the new bucket table with
+   the buckets that existed previously. This will also give access to API keys
+   as it was before.
+
+9. Do `garage repair -a --yes tables` and `garage repair -a --yes blocks`,
+   check the logs and check that all data seems to be synced correctly between
+   nodes.
+
+10. Check that all your buckets indeed appear in `garage bucket list`, and that
+    keys have the proper access flags set. If that is not the case, revert
+    everything and file a bug!
+
+11. Your upgraded cluster should be in a working state. Re-enable API and Web
+    access and check that everything went well.
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+++
+title = "Migrating from 0.6 to 0.7"
+weight = 14
+++
+**This guide explains how to migrate to 0.7 if you have an existing 0.6 cluster.
+We don't recommend trying to migrate to 0.7 directly from 0.5 or older.**
+
+**We make no guarantee that this migration will work perfectly:
+back up all your data before attempting it!**
+
+Garage v0.7 introduces a cluster protocol change to support request tracing through OpenTelemetry.
+No data structure is changed, so no data migration is required.
+
+The migration steps are as follows:
+
+1. Do `garage repair --all-nodes --yes tables` and `garage repair --all-nodes --yes blocks`,
+   check the logs and check that all data seems to be synced correctly between
+   nodes. If you have time, do additional checks (`scrub`, `block_refs`, etc.)
+2. Disable API and web access. Garage does not support disabling
+   these endpoints but you can change the port number or stop your reverse
+   proxy for instance.
+3. Check once again that your cluster is healty. Run again `garage repair --all-nodes --yes tables` which is quick.
+   Also check your queues are empty, run `garage stats` to query them.
+4. Turn off Garage v0.6
+5. Backup the metadata folder of all your nodes: `cd /var/lib/garage ; tar -acf meta-v0.6.tar.zst meta/`
+6. Install Garage v0.7, edit the configuration if you plan to use OpenTelemetry or the Kubernetes integration
+7. Turn on Garage v0.7
+8. Do `garage repair --all-nodes --yes tables` and `garage repair --all-nodes --yes blocks`
+9. Your upgraded cluster should be in a working state. Re-enable API and Web
+    access and check that everything went well.
+10. Monitor your cluster in the next hours to see if it works well under your production load, report any issue.
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+++
+title = "Migrating from 0.7 to 0.8"
+weight = 13
+++
+
+**This guide explains how to migrate to 0.8 if you have an existing 0.7 cluster.
+We don't recommend trying to migrate to 0.8 directly from 0.6 or older.**
+
+**We make no guarantee that this migration will work perfectly:
+back up all your data before attempting it!**
+
+Garage v0.8 introduces new data tables that allow the counting of objects in buckets in order to implement bucket quotas.
+A manual migration step is required to first count objects in Garage buckets and populate these tables with accurate data.
+
+## Simple migration procedure (takes cluster offline for a while)
+
+The migration steps are as follows:
+
+1. Disable API and web access. Garage v0.7 does not support disabling
+   these endpoints but you can change the port number or stop your reverse proxy for instance.
+2. Do `garage repair --all-nodes --yes tables` and `garage repair --all-nodes --yes blocks`,
+   check the logs and check that all data seems to be synced correctly between
+   nodes. If you have time, do additional checks (`versions`, `block_refs`, etc.)
+3. Check that queues are empty: run `garage stats` to query them or inspect metrics in the Grafana dashboard.
+4. Turn off Garage v0.7
+5. **Backup the metadata folder of all your nodes!** For instance, use the following command
+	if your metadata directory is `/var/lib/garage/meta`: `cd /var/lib/garage ; tar -acf meta-v0.7.tar.zst meta/`
+6. Install Garage v0.8
+7. **Before starting Garage v0.8**, run the offline migration step: `garage offline-repair --yes object_counters`.
+   This can take a while to run, depending on the number of objects stored in your cluster.
+8. Turn on Garage v0.8
+9. Do `garage repair --all-nodes --yes tables` and `garage repair --all-nodes --yes blocks`.
+   Wait for a full table sync to run.
+10. Your upgraded cluster should be in a working state. Re-enable API and Web
+    access and check that everything went well.
+11. Monitor your cluster in the next hours to see if it works well under your production load, report any issue.
+
+## Minimal downtime migration procedure
+
+The migration to Garage v0.8 can be done with almost no downtime,
+by restarting all nodes at once in the new version. The only limitation with this
+method is that bucket sizes and item counts will not be estimated correctly
+until all nodes have had a chance to run their offline migration procedure.
+
+The migration steps are as follows:
+
+1. Do `garage repair --all-nodes --yes tables` and `garage repair --all-nodes --yes blocks`,
+   check the logs and check that all data seems to be synced correctly between
+   nodes. If you have time, do additional checks (`versions`, `block_refs`, etc.)
+
+2. Turn off each node individually; back up its metadata folder (see above); turn it back on again. This will allow you to take a backup of all nodes without impacting global cluster availability. You can do all nodes of a single zone at once as this does not impact the availability of Garage.
+
+3. Prepare your binaries and configuration files for Garage v0.8
+
+4. Shut down all v0.7 nodes simultaneously, and restart them all simultaneously in v0.8. Use your favorite deployment tool (Ansible, Kubernetes, Nomad) to achieve this as fast as possible.
+
+5. At this point, Garage will indicate invalid values for the size and number of objects in each bucket (most likely, it will indicate zero). To fix this, take each node offline individually to do the offline migration step: `garage offline-repair --yes object_counters`. Again you can do all nodes of a single zone at once.
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+++
+title = "Migrating from 0.8 to 0.9"
+weight = 12
+++
+
+**This guide explains how to migrate to 0.9 if you have an existing 0.8 cluster.
+We don't recommend trying to migrate to 0.9 directly from 0.7 or older.**
+
+This migration procedure has been tested on several clusters without issues.
+However, it is still a *critical procedure* that might cause issues.
+**Make sure to back up all your data before attempting it!**
+
+You might also want to read our [general documentation on upgrading Garage](@/documentation/operations/upgrading.md).
+
+The following are **breaking changes** in Garage v0.9 that require your attention when migrating:
+
+- LMDB is now the default metadata db engine and Sled is deprecated. If you were using Sled, make sure to specify `db_engine = "sled"` in your configuration file, or take the time to [convert your database](https://garagehq.deuxfleurs.fr/documentation/reference-manual/configuration/#db-engine-since-v0-8-0).
+
+- Capacity values are now in actual byte units. The translation from the old layout will assign 1 capacity = 1Gb by default, which might be wrong for your cluster. This does not cause any data to be moved around, but you might want to re-assign correct capacity values post-migration.
+
+- Multipart uploads that were started in Garage v0.8 will not be visible in Garage v0.9 and will have to be restarted from scratch.
+
+- Changes to the admin API: some `v0/` endpoints have been replaced by `v1/` counterparts with updated/uniformized syntax. All other endpoints have also moved to `v1/` by default, without syntax changes, but are still available under `v0/` for compatibility.
+
+
+## Simple migration procedure (takes cluster offline for a while)
+
+The migration steps are as follows:
+
+1. Disable API and web access. You may do this by stopping your reverse proxy or by commenting out
+   the `api_bind_addr` values in your `config.toml` file and restarting Garage.
+2. Do `garage repair --all-nodes --yes tables` and `garage repair --all-nodes --yes blocks`,
+   check the logs and check that all data seems to be synced correctly between
+   nodes. If you have time, do additional checks (`versions`, `block_refs`, etc.)
+3. Check that the block resync queue and Merkle queue are empty:
+   run `garage stats -a` to query them or inspect metrics in the Grafana dashboard.
+4. Turn off Garage v0.8
+5. **Backup the metadata folder of all your nodes!** For instance, use the following command
+	if your metadata directory is `/var/lib/garage/meta`: `cd /var/lib/garage ; tar -acf meta-v0.8.tar.zst meta/`
+6. Install Garage v0.9
+7. Update your configuration file if necessary.
+8. Turn on Garage v0.9
+9. Do `garage repair --all-nodes --yes tables` and `garage repair --all-nodes --yes blocks`.
+   Wait for a full table sync to run.
+10. Your upgraded cluster should be in a working state. Re-enable API and Web
+    access and check that everything went well.
+11. Monitor your cluster in the next hours to see if it works well under your production load, report any issue.
+12. You might want to assign correct capacity values to all your nodes. Doing so might cause data to be moved
+    in your cluster, which should also be monitored carefully.
+
+## Minimal downtime migration procedure
+
+The migration to Garage v0.9 can be done with almost no downtime,
+by restarting all nodes at once in the new version.
+
+The migration steps are as follows:
+
+1. Do `garage repair --all-nodes --yes tables` and `garage repair --all-nodes --yes blocks`,
+   check the logs and check that all data seems to be synced correctly between
+   nodes. If you have time, do additional checks (`versions`, `block_refs`, etc.)
+
+2. Turn off each node individually; back up its metadata folder (see above); turn it back on again.
+   This will allow you to take a backup of all nodes without impacting global cluster availability.
+   You can do all nodes of a single zone at once as this does not impact the availability of Garage.
+
+3. Prepare your binaries and configuration files for Garage v0.9
+
+4. Shut down all v0.8 nodes simultaneously, and restart them all simultaneously in v0.9.
+   Use your favorite deployment tool (Ansible, Kubernetes, Nomad) to achieve this as fast as possible.
+   Garage v0.9 should be in a working state as soon as it starts.
+
+5. Proceed with repair and monitoring as described in steps 9-12 above.
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More